FolioCorpusŚrīmad-Bhāgavatam

2.9 · Answers by Citing the Lord's Version

46 verses · 🖨 Class prep
T Open on bhagavata.keshavaswami.com ↗
Read summary inline (16971 chars)

T - Total Theology (8-10) Sukadeva Goswami revealed the four seed verses of the Srimad-Bhagavatam ( catuh-sloki ) which were originally spoken to Lord Brahma. These verses encapsulate the total theology of Vaisnavism, and from them expand the ten subjects of the Srimad-Bhagavatam and all further subject matter.

Previous Importance of Creation Next Theological Enquiries Last updated 1 year ago

T - Total Theology (8-10)

T - Total Theology (8-10) Sukadeva Goswami revealed the four seed verses of the Srimad-Bhagavatam ( catuh-sloki ) which were originally spoken to Lord Brahma. These verses encapsulate the total theology of Vaisnavism, and from them expand the ten subjects of the Srimad-Bhagavatam and all further subject matter.

Previous Importance of Creation Next Theological Enquiries Last updated 1 year ago

Prelude to Canto 3 (Vidura)

T - Total Theology (8-10) Prelude to Canto 3 (Vidura) Chapter 10 Though they appreciated the discussions regarding creation and destruction of the material world, the sages were more inclined to hear subject matters of a transcendental nature. Saunaka Rishi thus returns to the discussion in Canto One, Chapter 13, and enquires about Vidura, who had left Hastinapura and met Maitreya Rishi on his travels. He enquires about the discussions between these two great personalities. He also wants to know Vidura’s history; why he left the palace, his activities on pilgrimage and how he eventually returned to meet his brother and relatives. Suta Goswami thus narrates these events, recounting how Sukadeva Goswami explained the very same points to Maharaja Pariksit.

Previous Total Theology in Ten Subjects Next Ten Truths Last updated 1 year ago

Ten Truths

T - Total Theology (8-10) Ten Truths “The ten characteristics, as will be explained in the next chapter, require so many verses just to explain them properly. Brahmaji had also advised Narada previously that he should expand the idea he had heard from Brahmaji. Sri Chaitanya Mahaprabhu instructed this to Srila Rupa Goswami in a nutshell, but the disciple Rupa Goswami expanded this very elaborately, and the same subject was further expanded by Jiva Goswami and even further by Sri Visvanatha Chakravarti Thakura. We are just trying to follow in the footsteps of all these authorities. So Srimad-Bhagavatam is not like ordinary fiction or mundane literature. It is unlimited in strength, and however one may expand it according to one’s own ability, Bhagavatam still cannot be finished by such expansion. Srimad-Bhagavatam, being the sound representation of the Lord, is simultaneously explained in four verses and in four billion verses all the same, inasmuch as the Lord is smaller than the atom and bigger than the unlimited sky. Such is the potency of Srimad-Bhagavatam.” (SB 2.9.44 )

Previous Prelude to Canto 3 (Vidura) Next Four Verses Last updated 1 year ago

Four Verses

T - Total Theology (8-10) Ten Truths Four Verses When Lord Brahma, bewildered about his purpose, heard the word ‘tapa,’ he immediately sat in meditation and dedicated himself for 1,000 celestial years. While the Sanskrit word ‘tapa’ commonly refers to austerity, it also implies ‘heating’ – the formidable fire of sacrifice and selfless devotion which is the core substance of a dynamic spiritual life. When Krishna eventually appeared before Brahma, the universal engineer placed four enquiries before Him:

What are the material and spiritual forms of the Lord?

How do the material and spiritual energies of the Lord work?

How does the Lord utilise His different energies?

How may I be instructed to discharge my duties and function?

The four answers he received became known as the catuh-sloki Bhagavatam. The key points are as follows: 2.9.33 and 2.9.34 – Sambandha (knowledge of the relationship) Krishna outlines three aspects of reality – isvara , jiva and prakrti . He explains how the Supreme Lord ( isvara ) is eternal and causeless. Material nature ( prakrti ) is periodically manifested from Him, and thus He existed before its creation and continues to exist after its annihilation. The living entities ( jiva ) are entrapped in the prakrti , unable to see things in connection with the Supreme Lord and thus engaged in the hard struggle for existence. 2.9.36 – Abhideya (cultivation of the relationship) Yoga is the connecting process which re-establishes the relationship between jiva and isvara . The progressive spiritualist must enquire from qualified persons and learn how exactly to practice this linking process. Having learned these details, one should engage themselves with one-pointed determination, making this effort one’s life and soul, regardless of the periodic distractions of material affairs. 2.9.35 – Prayojana (perfection of the relationship) The Supreme Lord is within this manifestation and simultaneously beyond this material manifestation, performing His eternal pastimes in the spiritual world. For one who has developed pure love of Krishna, they can directly perceive His presence at every moment, because He is inside and outside of everything. Srila Prabhupada explains further: “The Lord’s name, form, qualities, pastimes, entourage, etc., as they are described in the revealed scriptures or as performed in the Vaikunthalokas, far, far beyond the material cosmic manifestation, are factually being televised in the heart of the devotee.” ( SB 2.9.35 ) These three topics ( sambandha, abhideya, prayojana ) underpin numerous Vaisnava scriptures and map a high-level progression of our spiritual journey. The metaphor of ‘stepping forward’ may be useful in this regard. In material life, we have two feet in the material world and can’t see anything beyond. Preoccupied with the daily demands of life, we live oblivious to the fact that there are deeper truths behind our existence and higher goals to strive for. At a certain point in the material sojourn, we begin to explore whether there is something beyond our immediate cares and concerns. After contacting genuine spiritual teachings, we come to the stage of sambandha, where we receive information on the spiritual reality and can put our current material life in context. Our feet are still very much in the material world, but now we can see something exciting in the distance. We have formulated an understanding of the bigger picture. With the association of spiritually minded persons ( sadhu-sanga ), our faith deepens and inspiration grows. We get the impetus to step forward and move towards that spiritual reality by placing one foot forward. This is known as abhideya , or the point at which we start making a commitment to the spiritual process. In the beginning, the commitment is very basic, just like the front leg which has moved forward but is just grazing the ground, with all the weight remaining on the back leg. As the abhideya matures, more weight is placed on the front foot (of spiritual commitment) and the weight automatically comes off the back foot (of material concern). Now we have one foot in the material world and one foot in the spiritual world As one advances in the process, along with a deepening of faith is a tangible experience of spiritual feeling which begins with attraction, advances to attachment, deepens into spiritual emotion and culminates in pure love. Here one has made the complete shift, with the back leg coming forward, and the living entity is now practically living in the spiritual world, experiencing complete absorption of mind, body and soul. This is known as prayojana , or the perfection of the relationship.

Previous Ten Truths Next Ten Topics Last updated 1 year ago

Ten Topics

T - Total Theology (8-10) Ten Truths Ten Topics Just as the Bhagavad-gita encompasses five main topics ( atma, prakrti, karma, kala and isvara ), the Srimad-Bhagavatam is composed of ten foundational subjects. Different teachers have varying explanations of the ten topics and their correlation to the Cantos. Jiva Goswami, the pre-eminent authority in the Gaudiya lineage, states that these topics are contained within each Canto, to a greater or lesser degree. In Tattva-sandarbha, the Goswami briefly discusses the scope of each subject, explaining that the first nine topics exist simply to help one approach and appreciate the tenth topic – the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Sri Krishna, who is the shelter of all.

Sarga (Elemental Creation)

Material universes are created to facilitate the desire of the living entity to exercise independence from the Lord. The process of creation begins with manifesting the basic ingredients - the five gross elements ( panca-bhutas ) are earth, water, fire, air and ether; the five objects of sensual perception ( tanmatras ) are sound, form, taste, smell, and touch; and the five knowledge acquiring senses ( jnanendriyas ) are the eyes, ears, nose, tongue and skin. Together with the mind, these sixteen principles are created by the first purusa incarnation, Maha Vishnu. Within these sixteen principles, eight other principles exist subtly, making a total of twenty-four principles.

Visarga (Brahma’s Creation)

Conditioned living entities are illusioned to live in their ‘own worlds,’ thinking themselves to be unique and independent from others. To facilitate this illusory concept of life, the universe is full of variegatedness. By manipulating the original ‘building blocks’ of material existence, Brahma engineers a subsequent creation, more accurately described as an assembling of universal ingredients. Thus, a variety of life forms are created, each with a unique configuration and psychophysical makeup.

Sthanam (Maintenance and Planetary Systems)

The Lord creates a suitable situation ( sthanam ) for the living entities to dwell in the material world and play out their desires, maintaining them however rebellious they may be. The supreme sthanam is Vaikuntha, the place where one can escape all misery and find eternal happiness. The Lord provides instructions to guide the living entities back there, since all situations in the material world are ultimately frustrating and entangling.

Posanam (Protection and Mercy of the Lord)

According to one’s mentality and desires, the Lord reciprocates by offering protection and nourishment. Krishna maintains our gross physical body by arranging fundamental resources that provide the energy of life. He also maintains our subtle cognition by facilitating knowledge, remembrance and forgetfulness. For those who engage themselves in devotional service, the Lord offers spiritual mercy and protection so that they may quickly return to their original position; if someone takes one step to Krishna, He takes ten steps towards that devotee.

Utayah (The Creative Impetus)

Bewildered by false ego, the living entity thinks himself the ‘doer,’ and thus engages in a variety of fruitive activities aimed at controlling and enjoying material nature. Every material activity we perform creates a residual impression within our psyche which we carry forward life after life. The accumulation of these impressions form our creative impetus.

Manvantara (Change of Manus)

Manus are the kings who father mankind, and the manvantara signifies the time of their reign. These leaders deliver invaluable instructions which regulate the activities of living entities in a manner that will be for their material and spiritual welfare. They also provide an inspirational example for the world to follow. When the living entities embrace the path of righteousness, the Lord provides them with all protection by which they may attain their constitutional situation in the spirit world.

Isanukatha (Activities of the Incarnations)

Throughout cosmic history, Krishna periodically descends to earth and reveals knowledge of the eternal reality. He annihilates demoniac influences, lovingly engages with His devotees, and re-establishes genuine spirituality within society. After the Lord returns to His abode, the recorded histories and accounts of His appearance have the same uplifting effect on anyone who attentively hears them.

Nirodha (Universal Dissolution)

When cosmic time comes to its cyclical break, living entities who desire to remain in the material world merge into the body of Maha Vishnu to await the next universal creation, and another opportunity to re-establish their relationship with God. This temporary period of relief is technically called nirodha , or the winding up of the cosmic manifestation. Even though the entire creation is dismantled, the desire of living entities to continue their material existence remains – that’s the power of material desire, which can survive beyond universal time.

Mukti (Liberation)

When living entities renounce all external identification with the principles of material existence, they are reinstated to their original spiritual identity as eternal servants of Krishna. After entering Vaikuntha, the spiritual abode of the Lord, they function in their constitutional position. This is known as mukti or liberation.

Asrayah (Supreme Shelter)

The nine topics of the Srimad-Bhagavatam are meant to bring one to a deep understanding of the tenth, and most important, topic – the Supreme Lord, the Supreme source and shelter of all existence. When we re-establish our relationship with Krishna, all problems are solved, everything makes complete sense and life becomes a dynamic experience of spiritual joy.

Through these ten topics, Srimad-Bhagavatam offers us a comprehensive instruction manual to navigate our lives in this material world: “ Srimad-Bhagavatam is declared to be the essence of all Vedanta philosophy. One who has felt satisfaction from its nectarean mellow will never be attracted to any other literature .” ( SB 12.13.15 )

Previous Four Verses Next S.A.V.E.S Last updated 1 year ago

Theological Enquiries

T - Total Theology (8-10) Theological Enquiries Chapter 8 Maharaja Pariksit was enlivened to hear Brahma’s answers regarding universal creation. His eagerness to hear topics of the Lord was growing. The saintly King stimulated further conversation by asking a variety of questions exploring the philosophical truths of the cosmos and the spirit soul’s sojourn within it. In particular, he enquired about:

The spirit soul’s acceptance of material bodies and the Lord’s appearance in human form

The relative position of Vishnu, demigods, and the Universal Form

Divisions of time, creation of planets and species, and cosmic yuga cycles

Vedic literatures, devotional service, and the four goals of human life ( dharma, arta, kama, moksa )

Such precise and detailed enquiries, and the illuminating answers in response, reconfirm the Vedic version to be the most complete theological revelation in the world.

Previous T - Total Theology (8-10) Next Total Theology in Four Verses Last updated 1 year ago

Total Theology in Four Verses

T - Total Theology (8-10) Total Theology in Four Verses Chapter 9 Sukadeva Goswami explained how the conditioned living entity is influenced by illusion ( maya ) and cemented in the material conception of ‘I’ and ‘mine.’ Through cultivation of spiritual practices, however, one can break free and reinstate themselves in reality. To explain, Sukadeva Goswami narrated the story of Lord Brahma’s enlightenment. After being born upon a lotus stem, Brahma was puzzled as to what the purpose of his existence was, and he thus engaged in 1,000 celestial years of penance. The Lord, pleased by his steadfast determination and devotion, gave him a vision of the transcendental abode. Seizing this rare opportunity, Brahma humbly placed four principal enquiries before the Lord, who replied in four powerful statements, now known as the original Bhagavatam in four verses ( catuh-sloki ). Brahma was fully satisfied by the succinct but comprehensive, answers. [ 9 ] The Lord then disappeared, after which Brahma began to engineer the entire universe.

Previous Theological Enquiries Next Total Theology in Ten Subjects Last updated 1 year ago

Total Theology in Ten Subjects

T - Total Theology (8-10) Total Theology in Ten Subjects Chapter 10 Sukadeva Goswami then expanded on the four verses and enumerated the ten primary subjects of Srimad-Bhagavatam. He continued on to briefly describe elemental creation ( sarga ) and secondary creation ( visarga ). Sarga usually happens at the beginning of Brahma’s life and visarga at the beginning of Brahma’s day. Although the Lord is the overseer of creation, His primary interest is to enjoy spiritual pastimes with His loving associates. Thus, He delegates the responsibilities of universal affairs to the demigods. The first nine topics of Srimad-Bhagavatam are enumerated simply to introduce one to the tenth, most special and sublime topic – the most beautiful Lord Krishna, who is the ultimate shelter of everything ( asraya ).

Previous Total Theology in Four Verses Next Prelude to Canto 3 (Vidura) Last updated 1 year ago

— S.B. Keshava Swami, Book Bhagavata

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.1

↗
श्रीशुक उवाच आत्ममायामृते राजन् परस्यानुभवात्मन: । न घटेतार्थसम्बन्ध: स्वप्नद्रष्टुरिवाञ्जसा ॥ १ ॥
śrī-śuka uvāca
[shree-shuka uvaacha]
ātma-māyām ṛte rājan
[aatma-maayaam rite raajan]
parasyānubhavātmanaḥ
[parasyaanubhavaatmanah]
na ghaṭetārtha-sambandhaḥ
[na ghatetaartha-sambandhah]
svapna-draṣṭur ivāñjasā
[svapna-drashtur ivaanjasaa]
śrī-śukaḥ uvāca — Śrī Śukadeva Gosvāmī said ātma — the Supreme Personality of Godhead māyām — energy ṛte — without rājan — O King parasya — of the pure soul anubhava-ātmanaḥ — of the purely conscious na — never ghaṭeta — it can so happen artha — meaning sambandhaḥ — relation with the material body svapna — dream draṣṭuḥ — of the seer iva — like añjasā — completely.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śrī-śuka uvāca
śrī-śukaḥ uvāca
Śrī Śukadeva Gosvāmī said
ātma-māyām ṛte rājan
ātma
the Supreme Personality of Godhead
māyām
energy
ṛte
without
rājan
O King
parasyānubhavātmanaḥ
parasya
of the pure soul
anubhava-ātmanaḥ
of the purely conscious
na
never
na ghaṭetārtha-sambandhaḥ
ghaṭeta
it can so happen
artha
meaning
sambandhaḥ
relation with the material body
svapna-draṣṭur ivāñjasā
svapna
dream
draṣṭuḥ
of the seer
iva
like
añjasā
completely.
Śrī Śukadeva Gosvāmī said: O King, unless one is influenced by the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, there is no meaning to the relationship of the pure soul in pure consciousness with the material body. That relationship is just like a dreamer’s seeing his own body working.

Mahārāja Parīkṣit’s question as to how a living entity began his material life, although he is apart from the material body and mind, is perfectly answered. The spirit soul is distinct from the material conception of his life, but he is absorbed in such a material conception because of being influenced by the external energy of the Lord, called ātma-māyā. This has already been explained in the First Canto in connection with Vyāsadeva’s realization of the Supreme Lord and His external energy. The external energy is controlled by the Lord, and the living entities are controlled by the external energy — by the will of the Lord. Therefore, although the living entity is purely conscious in his pure state, he is subordinate to the will of the Lord in being influenced by the external energy of the Lord. In the Bhagavad-gītā (15.15) also the same thing is confirmed: the Lord is present within the heart of every living entity, and all the living entity’s consciousness and forgetfulness are influenced by the Lord.

Now the next question automatically made will be why the Lord influences the living entity to such consciousness and forgetfulness. The answer is that the Lord clearly wishes that every living entity be in his pure consciousness as a part and parcel of the Lord and thus be engaged in the loving service of the Lord as he is constitutionally made; but because the living entity is partially independent also, he may not be willing to serve the Lord, but may try to become as independent as the Lord is. All the nondevotee living entities are desirous of becoming equally as powerful as the Lord, although they are not fit to become so. The living entities are illusioned by the will of the Lord because they wanted to become like Him. Like a person who thinks of becoming a king without possessing the necessary qualification, when the living entity desires to become the Lord Himself, he is put in a condition of dreaming that he is a king. Therefore the first sinful will of the living entity is to become the Lord, and the consequent will of the Lord is that the living entity forget his factual life and thus dream of the land of utopia where he may become one like the Lord. The child cries to have the moon from the mother, and the mother gives the child a mirror to satisfy the crying and disturbing child with the reflection of the moon. Similarly, the crying child of the Lord is given over to the reflection, the material world, to lord it over as karmī and to give this up in frustration to become one with the Lord. Both these stages are dreaming illusions only. There is no necessity of tracing out the history of when the living entity desired this. But the fact is that as soon as he desired it, he was put under the control of ātma-māyā by the direction of the Lord. Therefore the living entity in his material condition is dreaming falsely that this is “mine” and this is “I.” The dream is that the conditioned soul thinks of his material body as “I” or falsely thinks that he is the Lord and that everything in connection with that material body is “mine.” Thus only in dream does the misconception of “I” and “mine” persist life after life. This continues life after life, as long as the living entity is not purely conscious of his identity as the subordinate part and parcel of the Lord.

In his pure consciousness, however, there is no such misconceived dream, and in that pure conscious state the living entity does not forget that he is never the Lord, but that he is eternally the servitor of the Lord in transcendental love.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Śukadeva said: A relationship of the jīva with his body and senses does not actually take place through avidyā-śakti of the Lord, because the jīva is superior to matter, being full of knowledge. He is like the dreamer seeing his dream body.
Commentary

In the Ninth Chapter the first and second questions are answered and the four basic verses of Bhāgavatam are spoken. Verse 2.8.7 asked whether the jīva’s relation to the body is with or without cause. This verse answers. A relationship of the jīva with the body and senses (artha) does not actually occur through the beginningless avidyā-śakti (māyā) of the Lord (ātma), just as there is no relation of the dreamer with his dream body except through ignorance, because the jīva is superior (parasya) to the body, being composed of knowledge (anubhavātmanaḥ). The relationship occurs by the inconceivable energy of the Lord which is expert at doing the impossible.

The pure soul has no real relationship with the material body except by the Lord's external energy — like a dreamer watching his own body act. Identification with the body is a kind of dreaming we have agreed to.
Reflection Questions
  • Where in my day do I most forget that I am dreaming the body's drama?
  • What 'waking up' practice could remind me I am not the actor on screen?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.2

↗
बहुरूप इवाभाति मायया बहुरूपया । रममाणो गुणेष्वस्या ममाहमिति मन्यते ॥ २ ॥
bahu-rūpa ivābhāti
[bahu-roopa ivaabhaati]
māyayā bahu-rūpayā
[maayayaa bahu-roopayaa]
ramamāṇo guṇeṣv asyā
[ramamaano guneshv asyaa]
mamāham iti manyate
[mamaaham iti manyate]
bahu-rūpaḥ — multiforms iva — as it were ābhāti — manifested māyayā — by the influence of the exterior energy bahu-rūpayā — in multifarious forms ramamāṇaḥ — enjoying as it were guṇeṣu — in the modes of different qualities asyāḥ — of the external energy mama — mine aham — I iti — thus manyate — thinks.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
bahu-rūpa ivābhāti
bahu-rūpaḥ
multiforms
iva
as it were
ābhāti
manifested
māyayā bahu-rūpayā
māyayā
by the influence of the exterior energy
bahu-rūpayā
in multifarious forms
ramamāṇo guṇeṣv asyā
ramamāṇaḥ
enjoying as it were
guṇeṣu
in the modes of different qualities
asyāḥ
of the external energy
mamāham iti manyate
mama
mine
aham
I
iti
thus
manyate
thinks.
The illusioned living entity appears in so many forms offered by the external energy of the Lord. While enjoying in the modes of material nature, the encaged living entity misconceives, thinking in terms of “I” and “mine.”

The different forms of the living entities are different dresses offered by the illusory, external energy of the Lord according to the modes of nature the living being desires to enjoy. The external, material energy is represented by her three modes, namely goodness, passion and ignorance. So even in the material nature there is a chance of an independent choice by the living entity, and according to his choice the material energy offers him different varieties of material bodies. There are 900,000 varieties of material bodies in the water, 2,000,000 vegetable bodies, 1,100,000 worms and reptiles, 1,000,000 forms of birds, 3,000,000 different bodies of beasts, and 400,000 human forms. Altogether there are 8,400,000 varieties of bodies in different planets of the universe, and the living entity is traveling by so many transmigrations according to different modes of enjoying spirit within himself. Even in one particular body the living entity changes from childhood to boyhood, from boyhood to youth, from youth to old age and from old age to another body created by his own action. The living entity creates his own body by his personal desires, and the external energy of the Lord supplies him the exact form by which he can enjoy his desires to the fullest extent. The tiger wanted to enjoy the blood of another animal, and therefore, by the grace of the Lord, the material energy supplied him the body of the tiger with facilities for enjoying blood from another animal. Similarly, a living entity desiring to get the body of a demigod in a higher planet can also get it by the grace of the Lord. And if he is intelligent enough, he can desire to get a spiritual body to enjoy the company of the Lord, and he will get it. So the minute freedom of the living entity can be fully utilized, and the Lord is so kind that He will award the living entity the same type of body he desires. The living entity’s desiring is like dreaming of a golden mountain. A person knows what a mountain is, and he knows also what gold is. Out of his desire only, he dreams of a golden mountain, and when the dream is over he sees something else in his presence. He finds in his awakened state that there is neither gold nor a mountain, and what to speak of a golden mountain.

The different positions of the living entities in the material world under multifarious manifestations of bodies are due to the misconception of “mine” and “I.” The karmī thinks of this world as “mine,” and the jñānī thinks “I am” everything. The whole material conception of politics, sociology, philanthropy, altruism, etc., conceived by the conditioned souls is on the basis of this misconceived “I” and “mine,” which are products of a strong desire to enjoy material life. Identification with the body and the place where the body is obtained under different conceptions of socialism, nationalism, family affection, and so on and so forth is all due to forgetfulness of the real nature of the living entity, and the whole misconception of the bewildered living entity can be removed by the association of Śukadeva Gosvāmī and Mahārāja Parīkṣit, as all this is explained in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The jīva appears to be of many different forms through māyā because of the variety of dispositions of the jīva. The jīva, enjoying the guṇas, thinks in terms of “me” and “mine.”
Commentary

What happens to the jīva when he has a relationship with the body through unexpected association with māyā? The jīva appears to have many forms, such as infant, adolescent, devatā or human bodies. This is not actually the fact, because the jīva is a spiritual particle. The many forms occur because of the many dispositions of the jīva. It is said y? y? k?etrajña-śaktiḥ s? t?ratamyena vartate: the jīvas exist with differences.

Illusion offers 8.4 million species as dresses to wear; we choose, by what we want to enjoy. The illusioned cage of 'I' and 'mine' is built by our own desires, mode by mode.
Reflection Questions
  • Which 'I' and 'mine' am I currently growing that may shape my next body?
  • What appetite of mine is, even now, picking out a species I haven't noticed?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.3

↗
यर्हि वाव महिम्नि स्वे परस्मिन् कालमाययो: । रमेत गतसम्मोहस्त्यक्त्वोदास्ते तदोभयम् ॥ ३ ॥
yarhi vāva mahimni sve
[yarhi vaava mahimni sve]
parasmin kāla-māyayoḥ
[parasmin kaala-maayayoh]
rameta gata-sammohas
[rameta gata-sammohas]
tyaktvodāste tadobhayam
[tyaktvodaaste tadobhayam]
yarhi — at any time vāva — certainly mahimni — in the glory sve — of himself parasmin — in the Supreme kāla — time māyayoḥ — of the material energy rameta — enjoys gata-sammohaḥ — being freed from the misconception tyaktvā — giving up udāste — in fullness tadā — then ubhayam — both (the misconceptions of I and mine).
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yarhi vāva mahimni sve
yarhi
at any time
vāva
certainly
mahimni
in the glory
sve
of himself
parasmin kāla-māyayoḥ
parasmin
in the Supreme
kāla
time
māyayoḥ
of the material energy
rameta gata-sammohas
rameta
enjoys
gata-sammohaḥ
being freed from the misconception
tyaktvodāste tadobhayam
tyaktvā
giving up
udāste
in fullness
tadā
then
ubhayam
both (the misconceptions of I and mine).
As soon as the living entity becomes situated in his constitutional glory and begins to enjoy the transcendence beyond time and material energy, he at once gives up the two misconceptions of life [I and mine] and thus becomes fully manifested as the pure self.

The two misconceptions of life, namely “I” and “mine,” are verily manifested in two classes of men. In the lower state the conception of “mine” is very prominent, and in the higher state the misconception of “I” is prominent. In the animal state of life the misconception of “mine” is perceivable even in the category of cats and dogs, who fight with one another with the same misconception of “mine.” In the lower stage of human life the same misconception is also prominent in the shape of “It is my body,” “It is my house,” “It is my family,” “It is my caste,” “It is my nation,” “It is my country,” and so on. And in the higher stage of speculative knowledge, the same misconception of “mine” is transformed into “I am,” or “It is all I am,” etc. There are many classes of men comprehending the same misconception of “I” and “mine” in different colors. But the real significance of “I” can be realized only when one is situated in the consciousness of “I am the eternal servitor of the Lord.” This is pure consciousness, and the whole Vedic literatures teach us this conception of life.

The misconception of “I am the Lord,” or “I am the Supreme,” is more dangerous than the misconception of “mine.” Although there are sometimes directions in the Vedic literatures to think oneself one with the Lord, that does not mean that one becomes identical with the Lord in every respect. Undoubtedly there is oneness of the living entity with the Lord in many respects, but ultimately the living entity is subordinate to the Lord, and he is constitutionally meant for satisfying the senses of the Lord. The Lord therefore asks the conditioned souls to surrender unto Him. Had the living entities not been subordinate to the supreme will, why would the living entity be asked to surrender? Had the living being been equal in all respects, then why was he put under the influence of māyā ? We have already discussed many times that the material energy is controlled by the Lord. The Bhagavad-gītā (9.10) confirms this controlling power of the Lord over the material nature. Can a living entity who claims to be as good as the Supreme Being control the material nature? The foolish “I” would reply that he will do so in the future. Even accepting that in the future one will be as good a controller of material nature as the Supreme Being, then why is one now under the control of material nature? The Bhagavad-gītā says that one can be freed from the control of the material nature by surrendering unto the Supreme Lord, but if there is no surrender, then the living entity will never be able to control the material nature. So one must also give up this misconception of “I” by practicing the way of devotional service or firmly being situated in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. A poor man without any employment or occupation may undergo so many troubles in life, but if by chance the same man gets a good service under the government, he at once becomes happy. There is no profit in denying the supremacy of the Lord, who is the controller of all energies, but one should be constitutionally situated in one’s own glory, namely to be situated in the pure consciousness of being the eternal servitor of the Lord. In his conditional life the living entity is servant of the illusory māyā, and in his liberated state he is the pure, unqualified servant of the Lord. To become untinged by the modes of material nature is the qualification for entering into the service of the Lord. As long as one is a servant of mental concoctions, one cannot be completely free from the disease of “I” and “mine.”

The Supreme Truth is uncontaminated by the illusory energy because He is the controller of that energy. The relative truths are apt to be engrossed in illusory energy. The best purpose is served, however, when one is directly facing the Supreme Truth, as when one faces the sun. The sun overhead in the sky is full of light, but when the sun is not in the visible sky, all is in darkness. Similarly, when one is face to face with the Supreme Lord, he is freed from all illusions, and one who is not so is in the darkness of illusory māyā. The Bhagavad-gītā (14.26) confirms this as follows:

māṁ ca yo ’vyabhicāreṇa bhakti-yogena sevate sa guṇān samatītyaitān brahma-bhūyāya kalpate

So the science of bhakti-yoga, of worshiping the Lord, glorifying the Lord, hearing the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam from the right sources (not from the professional man but from a person who is Bhāgavatam in life) and being always in the association of pure devotees, should be adopted in earnestness. One should not be misled by misconceptions of “I” and “mine.” The karmīs are fond of the conception of “mine,” the jñānīs are fond of the conception of “I,” and both of them are unqualified to be free from the bondage of the illusory energy. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and, primarily, the Bhagavad-gītā are both meant for delivering a person from the misconception of “I” and “mine,” and Śrīla Vyāsadeva transcribed them for the deliverance of the fallen souls. The living entity has to be situated in the transcendental position where there is no more influence of time nor of the material energy. In conditioned life the living entity is subjected to the influence of time in the dream of past, present and future. The mental speculator tries to conquer the influence of time by future speculations of becoming Vāsudeva or the Supreme Lord himself by means of culturing knowledge and conquering over ego. But the process is not perfect. The perfect process is to accept Lord Vāsudeva as the Supreme in everything, and the best perfection in culturing knowledge is to surrender unto Him because He is the source of everything. Only in that conception can one get rid of the misconception of “I” and “mine.” Both Bhagavad-gītā and the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam confirm it. Śrīla Vyāsadeva has specifically contributed to the illusioned living entities the science of God and the process of bhakti-yoga in his great literature Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, and the conditioned soul should fully take advantage of this great science.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Certainly when the jīva becomes attached to the great Lord who is different from time and māyā, having given up both time and māyā, free of illusion, he remains detached.
Commentary

Just as the jīva endures countless births through the unexpected influence of māyā, by the unexpected influence of bhakti, by the appearance of prema, the jīva terminates those countless births. Vāva means certainly. Certainly the jīva should enjoy in his glory different from time and māyā, having given up the enjoyment of body, the shelter of me and mine, and replaced that with the real shelter of possessiveness, the Lord. Mahimni means “having a great form,” because of possessing the greatest qualities. The Lord is devoid of the transformations created by time and the elements such as mahat-tattva created by māyā (kāla-māyayoḥ parasmin). The jīva should become attached to (rameta) that form. In other statements (SB 1.11.6, 2.9.10) as well, these qualities are also understood to be possessed by his dhāma and followers. Attainment of bhakti is called unexpected in order to show that bhakti is necessary for the deliverance of the jīva enjoying in the material world. Having given up changes created by time and bodies created by māyā (ubhayam), he remains unattached (udāste). It is said:

yayā sammohito jīva ātmānaṁ tri-guṇātmakam | paro ’pi manute ’narthaṁ tat-kṛtaṁ cābhipadyate || anarthopaśamaṁ sākṣād bhakti-yogam adhokṣaje | lokasyājanato vidvāṁś cakre sātvata-saṁhitām ||

Bewildered by that māyā, the jīva, though separate from the three guṇas, considers himself made of the three guṇas and takes on material existence created by the guṇas.

And Vyāsa saw bhakti-yoga to the Lord which effectively destroys jīva's saṁsāra. Learned Vyāsa then wrote the Bhāgavatam for ignorant people. SB 1.7.5-6

Related verses
Once situated in the soul's natural glory, 'I' and 'mine' fall away by themselves. The pure self emerges not by effort against ego but by abiding beyond time and matter. Lower people grip 'mine'; higher speculators grip 'I'.
Reflection Questions
  • Is my ego clinging more to possession ('mine') or to identity ('I')?
  • What practice tonight could give me even thirty seconds beyond both?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.4

↗
आत्मतत्त्वविशुद्ध्यर्थं यदाह भगवानृतम् । ब्रह्मणे दर्शयन् रूपमव्यलीकव्रताद‍ृत: ॥ ४ ॥
ātma-tattva-viśuddhy-arthaṁ
[aatma-tattva-vishuddhy-artham]
yad āha bhagavān ṛtam
[yad aaha bhagavaan ritam]
brahmaṇe darśayan rūpam
[brahmane darshayan roopam]
avyalīka-vratādṛtaḥ
[avyaleeka-vrataadritah]
ātma-tattva — the science of God or that of the living entity viśuddhi — purification artham — goal yat — that which āha — said bhagavān — the Personality of Godhead ṛtam — in reality brahmaṇe — unto Lord Brahmā darśayan — by showing rūpam — eternal form avyalīka — without any deceptive motive vrata — vow ādṛtaḥ — worshiped.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ātma-tattva-viśuddhy-arthaṁ
ātma-tattva
the science of God or that of the living entity
viśuddhi
purification
artham
goal
yad āha bhagavān ṛtam
yat
that which
āha
said
bhagavān
the Personality of Godhead
ṛtam
in reality
brahmaṇe darśayan rūpam
brahmaṇe
unto Lord Brahmā
darśayan
by showing
rūpam
eternal form
avyalīka-vratādṛtaḥ
avyalīka
without any deceptive motive
vrata
vow
ādṛtaḥ
worshiped.
O King, the Personality of Godhead, being very much pleased with Lord Brahmā because of his nondeceptive penance in bhakti-yoga, presented His eternal and transcendental form before Brahmā. And that is the objective goal for purifying the conditioned soul.

Ātma-tattva is the science of both God and the living entity. Both the Supreme Lord and the living entity are known as ātmā. The Supreme Lord is called Paramātmā, and the living entity is called the ātmā, the brahma or the jīva. Both the Paramātmā and the jīvātmā, being transcendental to the material energy, are called ātmā. So Śukadeva Gosvāmī explains this verse with the aim of purifying the truth of both the Paramātmā and the jīvātmā. Generally people have many wrong conceptions about both of them. The wrong conception of the jīvātmā is to identify the material body with the pure soul, and the wrong conception of Paramātmā is to think Him on an equal level with the living entity. But both misconceptions can be removed by one stroke of bhakti-yoga, just as in the sunlight both the sun and the world and everything within the sunlight are properly seen. In the darkness one cannot see the sun, nor himself, nor the world. But in the sunlight one can see the sun, himself and the world around him. Śrīla Śukadeva Gosvāmī therefore says that for purification of both wrong conceptions, the Lord presented His eternal form before Brahmājī, being fully satisfied by Brahmā’s nondeceptive vow of discharging bhakti-yoga. Except for bhakti-yoga, any method for realization of ātma-tattva, or the science of ātmā, will prove deceptive in the long run.

In the Bhagavad-gītā, the Lord says that only by bhakti-yoga can one know Him perfectly, and then one can enter into the science of God. Brahmājī undertook great penance in performing bhakti-yoga, and thus he was able to see the transcendental form of the Lord. His transcendental form is one-hundred-percent spiritual, and one can see Him only by spiritualized vision after proper discharge of tapasya or penance, in pure bhakti-yoga. The form of the Lord manifested before Brahmā is not one of the forms with which we have experience in the material world. Brahmājī did not perform such severe types of penance just to see a form of material production. Therefore the question by Mahārāja Parīkṣit about the form of the Lord is answered. The form of the Lord is sac-cid-ānanda, or eternal, full of knowledge and full of bliss. But the material form of the living being is neither eternal, nor full of knowledge, nor blissful. That is the distinction between the form of the Lord and that of the conditioned soul. The conditioned soul, however, can regain his form of eternal knowledge and bliss simply by seeing the Lord by means of bhakti-yoga.

The summary is that due to ignorance the conditioned soul is encaged in the temporary varieties of material forms. But the Supreme Lord has no such temporary form like the conditioned souls. He is always possessed of an eternal form of knowledge and bliss, and that is the difference between the Lord and the living entity. One can understand this difference by the process of bhakti-yoga. Brahmā was then told by the Lord the gist of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in four original verses. Thus Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is not a creation of the mental speculators. The sound of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is transcendental, and the resonance of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is as good as that of the Vedas. Thus the topic of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the science of both the Lord and the living entity. Regular reading or hearing of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is also performance of bhakti-yoga, and one can attain the highest perfection simply by the association of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Both Śukadeva Gosvāmī and Mahārāja Parīkṣit attained perfection through the medium of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Worshipped by sincere devotion, revealing his true, spiritual form, the Lord spoke to Brahmā the four essential verses of Bhāgavatam in order to give knowledge about himself.
Commentary

What is that which is beyond time and māyā to which one should be come attached? This verse answers. The Lord spoke for giving knowledge (viśuddhi) about his own nature (ātma-tattva). Or he spoke for the purification of the components like citta (tattva) of the jīva (ātma). Showing Brahmā his form which was true or spiritual (ṛtam), he spoke the four verses of Bhāgavatam. What is the cause? He was worshipped with sincere bhakti (avyalīka-vrata). The word yat does not relate with a correlative tat in a later verse. The meaning is expressed by Śrīdhara Svāmī.

jīvasyāvidayā āvidyaka-deha-sambandhaḥ | īśvarasya tu yoga-māyayā cid-ghana-līlā-vigrahāvirbhāva iti mahān viśeṣa uktaḥ

The jīva is related with a body of ignorance by avidyā. By yoga-māyā of the Lord, the Lord’s form of knowledge and pastimes appeared. This great difference is expressed in this verse.

This answers the second question about the difference between the body of the Lord and the jīva (SB 2.8.8)

Related verses
The Lord, pleased by Brahmā's honest bhakti-yoga, showed him His eternal transcendental form. The purpose of all conditioning is purification, and the goal is direct vision of the Personal Lord, not abstract knowledge.
Reflection Questions
  • Am I content with abstract knowledge, or do I want direct vision?
  • What deception in my devotional practice would I have to drop for genuine seeing?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.5

↗
स आदिदेवो जगतां परो गुरु: स्वधिष्ण्यमास्थाय सिसृक्षयैक्षत । तां नाध्यगच्छद् द‍ृशमत्र सम्मतां प्रपञ्चनिर्माणविधिर्यया भवेत् ॥ ५ ॥
sa ādi-devo jagatāṁ paro guruḥ
[sa aadi-devo jagataam paro guruh]
svadhiṣṇyam āsthāya sisṛkṣayaikṣata
[svadhishnyam aasthaaya sisrikshayaikshata]
tāṁ nādhyagacchad dṛśam atra sammatāṁ
[taam naadhyagachchad drisham atra sammataam]
prapañca-nirmāṇa-vidhir yayā bhavet
[prapancha-nirmaana-vidhir yayaa bhavet]
saḥ — he ādi-devaḥ — the first demigod jagatām — of the universe paraḥ — supreme guruḥ — spiritual master svadhiṣṇyam — his lotus seat āsthāya — to find the source of it sisṛkṣayā — for the matter of creating the universal affairs aikṣata — began to think tām — in that matter na — could not adhyagacchat — understand dṛśam — the direction atra — therein sammatām — just the proper way prapañca — material nirmāṇa — construction vidhiḥ — process yayā — as much as bhavet — should be.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
sa ādi-devo jagatāṁ paro guruḥ
saḥ
he
ādi-devaḥ
the first demigod
jagatām
of the universe
paraḥ
supreme
guruḥ
spiritual master
svadhiṣṇyam āsthāya sisṛkṣayaikṣata
svadhiṣṇyam
his lotus seat
āsthāya
to find the source of it
sisṛkṣayā
for the matter of creating the universal affairs
aikṣata
began to think
tāṁ nādhyagacchad dṛśam atra sammatāṁ
tām
in that matter
na
could not
adhyagacchat
understand
dṛśam
the direction
atra
therein
sammatām
just the proper way
prapañca-nirmāṇa-vidhir yayā bhavet
prapañca
material
nirmāṇa
construction
vidhiḥ
process
yayā
as much as
bhavet
should be.
Lord Brahmā, the first spiritual master, supreme in the universe, could not trace out the source of his lotus seat, and while thinking of creating the material world, he could not understand the proper direction for such creative work, nor could he find out the process for such creation.

This verse is the prelude for explaining the transcendental nature of the form and the abode of the Lord. In the beginning of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam it has already been said that the Supreme Absolute Truth exists in His own abode without any touch of the deluding energy. Therefore the kingdom of God is not a myth but factually a different and transcendental sphere of planets known as the Vaikuṇṭhas. This will also be explained in this chapter.

Such knowledge of the spiritual sky far above this material sky and its paraphernalia can be known only by dint of devotional service, or bhakti-yoga. The power of creation by Lord Brahmā was also achieved by bhakti-yoga. Brahmājī was bewildered in the matter of creation, and he could not even trace out the source of his own existence. But all this knowledge was fully achieved by him through the medium of bhakti-yoga. By bhakti-yoga one can know the Lord, and by knowing the Lord as the Supreme, one is able to know everything else. One who knows the Supreme knows everything else. That is the version of all Vedas. Even the first spiritual master of the universe was enlightened by the grace of the Lord, so who else can attain perfect knowledge of everything without the mercy of the Lord? If anyone desires to seek perfect knowledge of everything, he must seek the mercy of the Lord, and there is no other means. To seek knowledge on the strength of one’s personal attempt is a sheer waste of time.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Brahmā, the original devatā, the instructor of bhakti for the world, situated on his lotus, considered how to carry out creation. He could not attain the knowledge by which the universe could be created.
Commentary

Not only the Lord’s form, but his planet and his devotees are also beyond time and māyā. To show this fact he begins to praise the Lord in four verses. Brahmā, the instructor about the secret teachings of bhakti (paro guruḥ), was situated on a lotus (svadhiṣnyam). Previously he was submerged in the water in order to find his residence. After, he became situated on the lotus. He considered (aikṣata) how to carry out the creation. He could not understand the knowledge (tām dṛṣam) in the matter of creation (atra), by which there would be a method of constructing the universe.

Even Brahmā couldn't see the source of his own lotus seat or know the right direction for creation. Beginnings can be bewildering even for the great. Don't panic when your starting point is foggy.
Reflection Questions
  • Where in my life am I bewildered at a beginning and treating that as failure?
  • Can I sit in not-knowing the way Brahmā did, waiting for instruction?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.6

↗
स चिन्तयन् द्वय‍क्षरमेकदाम्भ- स्युपाश‍ृणोद् द्विर्गदितं वचो विभु: । स्पर्शेषु यत्षोडशमेकविंशं निष्किञ्चनानां नृप यद् धनं विदु: ॥ ६ ॥
sa cintayan dvy-akṣaram ekadāmbhasy
[sa chintayan dvy-aksharam ekadaambhasy]
upāśṛṇod dvir-gaditaṁ vaco vibhuḥ
[upaashrinod dvir-gaditam vacho vibhuh]
sparśeṣu yat ṣoḍaśam ekaviṁśaṁ
[sparsheshu yat shodasham ekavimsham]
niṣkiñcanānāṁ nṛpa yad dhanaṁ viduḥ
[nishkinchanaanaam nripa yad dhanam viduh]
saḥ — he cintayan — while thus thinking dvi — two akṣaram — syllables ekadā — once upon a time ambhasi — in the water upāśṛṇot — heard it nearby dviḥ — twice gaditam — uttered vacaḥ — words vibhuḥ — the great sparśeṣu — in the sparśa letters yat — which ṣoḍaśam — the sixteenth ekaviṁśam — and the twenty-first niṣkiñcanānām — of the renounced order of life nṛpa — O King yat — what is dhanam — wealth viduḥ — as it is known.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
sa cintayan dvy-akṣaram ekadāmbhasy
saḥ
he
cintayan
while thus thinking
dvi
two
akṣaram
syllables
ekadā
once upon a time
ambhasi
in the water
upāśṛṇod dvir-gaditaṁ vaco vibhuḥ
upāśṛṇot
heard it nearby
dviḥ
twice
gaditam
uttered
vacaḥ
words
vibhuḥ
the great
sparśeṣu yat ṣoḍaśam ekaviṁśaṁ
sparśeṣu
in the sparśa letters
yat
which
ṣoḍaśam
the sixteenth
ekaviṁśam
and the twenty-first
niṣkiñcanānāṁ nṛpa yad dhanaṁ viduḥ
niṣkiñcanānām
of the renounced order of life
nṛpa
O King
yat
what is
dhanam
wealth
viduḥ
as it is known.
While thus engaged in thinking, in the water, Brahmājī heard twice from nearby two syllables joined together. One of the syllables was taken from the sixteenth and the other from the twenty-first of the sparśa alphabets, and both joined to become the wealth of the renounced order of life.

In Sanskrit language, the consonant alphabets are divided into two divisions, namely the sparśa-varṇas and the tālavya-varṇas. From ka to ma the letters are known as the sparśa-varṇas, and the sixteenth of the group is called ta, whereas the twenty-first letter is called pa. So when they are joined together, the word tapa, or penance, is constructed. This penance is the beauty and wealth of the brāhmaṇas and the renounced order of life. According to Bhāgavata philosophy, every human being is meant simply for this tapa and for no other business, because by penance only can one realize his self; and self-realization, not sense gratification, is the business of human life. This tapa, or penance, was begun from the very beginning of the creation, and it was first adopted by the supreme spiritual master, Lord Brahmā. By tapasya only can one get the profit of human life, and not by a polished civilization of animal life. The animal does not know anything except sense gratification in the jurisdiction of eat, drink, be merry and enjoy. But the human being is made to undergo tapasya for going back to Godhead, back home.

When Lord Brahmā was perplexed about how to construct the material manifestations in the universe and went down within the water to find out the means and the source of his lotus seat, he heard the word tapa vibrated twice. Taking the path of tapa is the second birth of the desiring disciple. The word upāśṛṇot is very significant. It is similar to upanayana, or bringing the disciple nearer to the spiritual master for the path of tapa. So Brahmājī was thus initiated by Lord Kṛṣṇa, and this fact is corroborated by Brahmājī himself in his book the Brahma-saṁhitā. In the Brahma-saṁhitā Lord Brahmā has sung in every verse govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi. Thus Brahmā was initiated by the Kṛṣṇa mantra, by Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself, and thus he became a Vaiṣṇava, or a devotee of the Lord, before he was able to construct the huge universe. It is stated in the Brahma-saṁhitā that Lord Brahmā was initiated into the eighteen-letter Kṛṣṇa mantra, which is generally accepted by all the devotees of Lord Kṛṣṇa. We follow the same principle because we belong to the Brahmā sampradāya, directly in the disciplic chain from Brahmā to Nārada, from Nārada to Vyāsa, from Vyāsa to Madhva Muni, from Madhva Muni to Mādhavendra Purī, from Mādhavendra Purī to Īśvara Purī, from Īśvara Purī to Lord Caitanya and gradually to His Divine Grace Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī, our divine master.

One who is thus initiated in the disciplic succession is able to achieve the same result or power of creation. Chanting of this holy mantra is the only shelter of the desireless pure devotee of the Lord. Simply by such tapasya, or penance, the devotee of the Lord achieves all perfections like Lord Brahmā.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
While Brahmā was contemplating how to carry out the creation of the universe, he heard twice close by in the water a word of two syllables, tapa, composed of the sixteenth and twenty-first sounds of the alphabet, which is known as the wealth of the devotees with no material desire.
Commentary

While contemplating how to carry out the creation, on one occasion he heard nearby (upāśṛṇot), in the water, a word of two syllables repeated twice (dvir gaditam). The word is explained indirectly just like the mantras. Sparṣa refers to the consonants from ka to ma in the Sanskrit alphabet. The sixteenth consonant is ta. The twenty-first is pa. This forms the word tapa. This is singular, second person imperative verb meaning “perform meditation or austerity.” This was spoken two times. This is called wealth (dhanam) because the brāhmaṇas are called a wealth of austerity.

Brahmā heard two syllables — 'ta' and 'pa' — together: tapa, penance. The whole human purpose is concentrated in that one word. Self-realization, not sense gratification, is the business of being human.
Reflection Questions
  • If my life had one syllable, what would it be — and is it 'tapa' or something else?
  • What single penance, daily, would re-center my human business?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.7

↗
निशम्य तद्वक्तृदिद‍ृक्षया दिशो विलोक्य तत्रान्यदपश्यमान: । स्वधिष्ण्यमास्थाय विमृश्य तद्धितं तपस्युपादिष्ट इवादधे मन: ॥ ७ ॥
niśamya tad-vaktṛ-didṛkṣayā diśo
[nishamya tad-vaktri-didrikshayaa disho]
vilokya tatrānyad apaśyamānaḥ
[vilokya tatraanyad apashyamaanah]
svadhiṣṇyam āsthāya vimṛśya tad-dhitaṁ
[svadhishnyam aasthaaya vimrishya tad-dhitam]
tapasy upādiṣṭa ivādadhe manaḥ
[tapasy upaadishta ivaadadhe manah]
niśamya — after hearing tat — that vaktṛ — the speaker didṛkṣayā — just to find out who spoke diśaḥ — all sides vilokya — seeing tatra — there anyat — any other apaśyamānaḥ — not to be found svadhiṣṇyam — on his lotus seat āsthāya — sit down vimṛśya — thinking tat — it hitam — welfare tapasi — in penance upādiṣṭaḥ — as he was instructed iva — in pursuance of ādadhe — gave manaḥ — attention.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
niśamya tad-vaktṛ-didṛkṣayā diśo
niśamya
after hearing
tat
that
vaktṛ
the speaker
didṛkṣayā
just to find out who spoke
diśaḥ
all sides
vilokya tatrānyad apaśyamānaḥ
vilokya
seeing
tatra
there
anyat
any other
apaśyamānaḥ
not to be found
svadhiṣṇyam āsthāya vimṛśya tad-dhitaṁ
svadhiṣṇyam
on his lotus seat
āsthāya
sit down
vimṛśya
thinking
tat
it
hitam
welfare
tapasy upādiṣṭa ivādadhe manaḥ
tapasi
in penance
upādiṣṭaḥ
as he was instructed
iva
in pursuance of
ādadhe
gave
manaḥ
attention.
When he heard the sound, he tried to find the speaker, searching on all sides. But when he was unable to find anyone besides himself, he thought it wise to sit down on his lotus seat firmly and give his attention to the execution of penance, as he was instructed.

To achieve success in life, one should follow the example of Lord Brahmā, the first living creature in the beginning of creation. After being initiated by the Supreme Lord to execute tapasya, he was fixed in his determination to do it, and although he could not find anyone besides himself, he could rightly understand that the sound was transmitted by the Lord Himself. Brahmā was the only living being at that time because there was no other creation and none could be found there except himself. In the beginning of the First Canto, in the First Chapter, first verse, of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, it has already been mentioned that Brahmā was initiated by the Lord from within. The Lord is within every living entity as the Supersoul, and He initiated Brahmā because Brahmā was willing to receive the initiation. The Lord can similarly initiate everyone who is inclined to have it.

As already stated, Brahmā is the original spiritual master for the universe, and since he was initiated by the Lord Himself, the message of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is coming down by disciplic succession, and in order to receive the real message of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam one should approach the current link, or spiritual master, in the chain of disciplic succession. After being initiated by the proper spiritual master in that chain of succession, one should engage himself in the discharge of tapasya in the execution of devotional service. One should not, however, think himself on the level of Brahmā to be initiated directly by the Lord from inside because in the present age no one can be accepted to be as pure as Brahmā. The post of Brahmā to officiate in the creation of the universe is offered to the most pure living being, and unless one is so qualified one cannot expect to be treated like Brahmājī directly. But one can have the same facility through unalloyed devotees of the Lord, through scriptural instructions (as revealed in the Bhagavad-gītā and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam especially), and also through the bona fide spiritual master available to the sincere soul. The Lord Himself appears as the spiritual master to a person who is sincere in heart about serving the Lord. Therefore the bona fide spiritual master who happens to meet the sincere devotee should be accepted as the most confidential and beloved representative of the Lord. If a person is posted under the guidance of such a bona fide spiritual master, it may be accepted without any doubt that the desiring person has achieved the grace of the Lord.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Hearing those words, he looked in all directions, desiring to see the speaker of those words, but could not see anything except himself. He again sat on the lotus and, considering the instruction to be beneficial, he concentrated his mind on meditation.
Commentary

“Someone has clearly ordered me to perform austerity. It seems I am being directly ordered.” Considering that it was for his benefit he then concentrated his mind on meditation.

When Brahmā found no one around to speak the word, he wisely sat down and got to work on what he had heard. Don't waste time looking for the speaker when the instruction is already clear. Begin.
Reflection Questions
  • What clear instruction am I postponing because I want to verify the speaker first?
  • Where is my looking-for-the-source a form of avoidance?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.8

↗
दिव्यं सहस्राब्दममोघदर्शनो जितानिलात्मा विजितोभयेन्द्रिय: । अतप्यत स्माखिललोकतापनं तपस्तपीयांस्तपतां समाहित: ॥ ८ ॥
divyaṁ sahasrābdam amogha-darśano
[divyam sahasraabdam amogha-darshano]
jitānilātmā vijitobhayendriyaḥ
[jitaanilaatmaa vijitobhayendriyah]
atapyata smākhila-loka-tāpanaṁ
[atapyata smaakhila-loka-taapanam]
tapas tapīyāṁs tapatāṁ samāhitaḥ
[tapas tapeeyaams tapataam samaahitah]
divyam — pertaining to the demigods in the higher planets sahasra — one thousand abdam — years amogha — spotless, without a tinge of impurity darśanaḥ — one who has such a vision of life jita — controlled anila — life ātmā — mind vijita — controlled over ubhaya — both indriyaḥ — one who has such senses atapyata — executed penance sma — in the past akhila — all loka — planet tāpanam — enlightening tapaḥ — penance tapīyān — extremely hard penance tapatām — of all the executors of penances samāhitaḥ — thus situated.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
divyaṁ sahasrābdam amogha-darśano
divyam
pertaining to the demigods in the higher planets
sahasra
one thousand
abdam
years
amogha
spotless, without a tinge of impurity
darśanaḥ
one who has such a vision of life
jitānilātmā vijitobhayendriyaḥ
jita
controlled
anila
life
ātmā
mind
vijita
controlled over
ubhaya
both
indriyaḥ
one who has such senses
atapyata smākhila-loka-tāpanaṁ
atapyata
executed penance
sma
in the past
akhila
all
loka
planet
tāpanam
enlightening
tapas tapīyāṁs tapatāṁ samāhitaḥ
tapaḥ
penance
tapīyān
extremely hard penance
tapatām
of all the executors of penances
samāhitaḥ
thus situated.
Lord Brahmā underwent penances for one thousand years by the calculations of the demigods. He heard this transcendental vibration from the sky, and he accepted it as divine. Thus he controlled his mind and senses, and the penances he executed were a great lesson for the living entities. Thus he is known as the greatest of all ascetics.

Lord Brahmā heard the occult sound tapa, but he did not see the person who vibrated the sound. And still he accepted the instruction as beneficial for him, and therefore he engaged himself in meditation for one thousand celestial years. One celestial year is equal to 6 × 30 × 12 × 1000 of our years. His acceptance of the sound was due to his pure vision of the absolute nature of the Lord. And due to his correct vision, he made no distinction between the Lord and the Lord’s instruction. There is no difference between the Lord and sound vibration coming from Him, even though He is not personally present. The best way of understanding is to accept such divine instruction, and Brahmā, the prime spiritual master of everyone, is the living example of this process of receiving transcendental knowledge. The potency of transcendental sound is never minimized because the vibrator is apparently absent. Therefore Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam or Bhagavad-gītā or any revealed scripture in the world is never to be accepted as an ordinary mundane sound without transcendental potency.

One has to receive the transcendental sound from the right source, accept it as a reality and prosecute the direction without hesitation. The secret of success is to receive the sound from the right source of a bona fide spiritual master. Mundane manufactured sound has no potency, and, as such, seemingly transcendental sound received from an unauthorized person also has no potency. One should be qualified enough to discern such transcendental potency, and either by discriminating or by fortunate chance if one is able to receive the transcendental sound from the bona fide spiritual master, his path of liberation is guaranteed. The disciple, however, must be ready to execute the order of the bona fide spiritual master as Lord Brahmā executed the instruction of his spiritual master, the Lord Himself. Following the order of the bona fide spiritual master is the only duty of the disciple, and this completely faithful execution of the order of the bona fide spiritual master is the secret of success.

Lord Brahmā controlled his two grades of senses by means of sense perception and sense organs because he had to engage such senses in the execution of the order of the Lord. Therefore controlling the senses means engaging them in the transcendental service of the Lord. The Lord’s order descends in disciplic succession through the bona fide spiritual master, and thus execution of the order of the bona fide spiritual master is factual control of the senses. Such execution of penance in full faith and sincerity made Brahmājī so powerful that he became the creator of the universe. And because he was able to attain such power, he is called the best amongst all the tapasvīs.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Brahmā, the best among the meditators, having fruitful vision, concentrating his mind, controlling his prāṇas, action senses and knowledge senses, performed meditation, which would manifest all the planets, for a thousand celestial years.
Commentary

Akhila-loka-tāpanaṁ means “which manifests all the planets.” Tapīyāṁs tapatām means “the greatest meditator among all meditators.”

Brahmā meditated for one thousand celestial years on a single occult syllable. The greatest ascetic accepted instruction even without seeing its giver — because to him there was no difference between the Lord and the Lord's sound.
Reflection Questions
  • How much patience am I willing to give to an instruction that took root in me?
  • Where do I demand to see the speaker before honoring the message?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.9

↗
तस्मै स्वलोकं भगवान् सभाजित: सन्दर्शयामास परं न यत्परम् । व्यपेतसंक्लेशविमोहसाध्वसं स्वद‍ृष्टवद्भिर्पुरुषैरभिष्टुतम् ॥ ९ ॥
tasmai sva-lokaṁ bhagavān sabhājitaḥ
[tasmai sva-lokam bhagavaan sabhaajitah]
sandarśayām āsa paraṁ na yat-param
[sandarshayaam aasa param na yat-param]
vyapeta-saṅkleśa-vimoha-sādhvasaṁ
[vyapeta-sanklesha-vimoha-saadhvasam]
sva-dṛṣṭavadbhir puruṣair abhiṣṭutam
[sva-drishtavadbhir purushair abhishtutam]
tasmai — unto him sva-lokam — His own planet or abode bhagavān — the Personality of Godhead sabhājitaḥ — being pleased by the penance of Brahmā sandarśayām āsa — manifested param — the supreme na — not yat — of which param — further supreme vyapeta — completely given up saṅkleśa — five kinds of material afflictions vimoha — without illusion sādhvasam — fear of material existence sva-dṛṣṭa-vadbhiḥ — by those who have perfectly realized the self puruṣaiḥ — by persons abhiṣṭutam — worshiped by.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tasmai sva-lokaṁ bhagavān sabhājitaḥ
tasmai
unto him
sva-lokam
His own planet or abode
bhagavān
the Personality of Godhead
sabhājitaḥ
being pleased by the penance of Brahmā
sandarśayām āsa paraṁ na yat-param
sandarśayām āsa
manifested
param
the supreme
na
not
yat
of which
param
further supreme
vyapeta-saṅkleśa-vimoha-sādhvasaṁ
vyapeta
completely given up
saṅkleśa
five kinds of material afflictions
vimoha
without illusion
sādhvasam
fear of material existence
sva-dṛṣṭavadbhir puruṣair abhiṣṭutam
sva-dṛṣṭa-vadbhiḥ
by those who have perfectly realized the self
puruṣaiḥ
by persons
abhiṣṭutam
worshiped by.
The Personality of Godhead, being thus very much satisfied with the penance of Lord Brahmā, was pleased to manifest His personal abode, Vaikuṇṭha, the supreme planet above all others. This transcendental abode of the Lord is adored by all self-realized persons freed from all kinds of miseries and fear of illusory existence.

The troubles of penance accepted by Lord Brahmā were certainly in the line of devotional service ( bhakti ). Otherwise there was no chance that Vaikuṇṭha or svalokam, the Lord’s personal abodes, would become visible to Brahmājī. The personal abodes of the Lord, known as Vaikuṇṭhas, are neither mythical nor material, as conceived by the impersonalists. But realization of the transcendental abodes of the Lord is possible only through devotional service, and thus the devotees enter into such abodes. There is undoubtedly trouble in executing penance. But the trouble accepted in executing bhakti-yoga is transcendental happiness from the very beginning, whereas the trouble of penance in other processes of self-realization ( jñāna-yoga, dhyāna-yoga, etc.), without any Vaikuṇṭha realization, ends in trouble only and nothing more. There is no profit in beating husks without grains. Similarly, there is no profit in executing troublesome penances other than bhakti-yoga for self-realization.

Executing bhakti-yoga is exactly like sitting on the lotus sprouted out of the abdomen of the transcendental Personality of Godhead, for Lord Brahmā was seated there. Brahmājī was able to please the Lord, and the Lord was also pleased to show Brahmājī His personal abode. Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī, in the comments of his Krama-sandarbha annotation of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, cites quotations from the Bṛhad-āraṇyaka Upaniṣad, Vedic evidence. It is said that Yājñavalkya described the transcendental abode of the Lord to Gārgī, and that the abode of the Lord is situated above the highest planet of the universe, namely Brahmaloka. This abode of the Lord, although described in revealed scriptures like the Bhagavad-gītā and the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, remains only a myth for the less intelligent class of men with a poor fund of knowledge. Herein the word sva-dṛṣṭavadbhiḥ is very significant. One who has actually realized his self realizes the transcendental form of one’s self. Impersonal realization of self and the Supreme is not complete, because it is just an opposite conception of material personalities. The Personality of Godhead and the personalities of devotees of the Lord are all transcendental; they do not have material bodies. The material body is overcast with five kinds of miserable conditions, namely ignorance, material conception, attachment, hatred and absorption. As long as one is overwhelmed by these five kinds of material miseries, there is no question of entering into the Vaikuṇṭhalokas. The impersonal conception of one’s self is just the negation of material personality and is far from the positive existence of personal form. The personal forms of the transcendental abode will be explained in the following verses. Brahmājī also described the highest planet of the Vaikuṇṭhaloka as Goloka Vṛndāvana, where the Lord resides as a cowherd boy keeping transcendental surabhi cows and surrounded by hundreds and thousands of goddesses of fortune.

cintāmaṇi-prakara-sadmasu kalpavṛkṣa- lakṣāvṛteṣu surabhīr abhipālayantam lakṣmī-sahasra-śata-sambhrama-sevyamānaṁ govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

( Brahma-saṁhitā 5.29 )

The statement of the Bhagavad-gītā, yad gatvā na nivartante tad dhāma paramaṁ mama, is also confirmed herewith. Param means transcendental Brahman. Therefore, the abode of the Lord is also Brahman, nondifferent from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord is known as Vaikuṇṭha, and His abode is also known as Vaikuṇṭha. Such Vaikuṇṭha realization and worship can be made possible by transcendental form and sense.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The Lord, gratified by his worship, showed Brahmā Mahā-vaikuṇṭha, to which nothing is superior, which is free of suffering, confusion and fear of offenses and which is praised by the devatās who constantly see the self.
Commentary

The Lord showed Brahmā Mahā-vaikuṇṭha (sva-lokam) to which nothing is superior, which is absolutely (vi) free of (apeta) suffering (saṁkleśa). The kleśas are avidy? ’smit?-r?ga-dve??bhiniveś?ḥ: ignorance, ego, attachment, hatred and clinging to life. (Yoga-sūtras 2.3) There is no intense mental confusion (vimoha) from not seeing the Lord. It is free of fear of offenses in serving the Lord (sādhvasam). It is praised by Indra and others (vibudhaiḥ). Svadṛṣṭavadbhiḥ indicates that these persons have continual vision of the self. This negates the idea that Indra and others are purely material.

Pleased by Brahmā's penance, the Lord revealed Vaikuṇṭha — His personal abode adored by self-realized souls free from misery and fear. Real penance is bhakti-yoga; that 'penance' is transcendental happiness even in its difficulty.
Reflection Questions
  • Is the 'penance' in my life producing transcendental happiness or just exhaustion?
  • What of my practice could shift from grind to bhakti-yoga so it begins to glow?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.10

↗
प्रवर्तते यत्र रजस्तमस्तयो: सत्त्वं च मिश्रं न च कालविक्रम: । न यत्र माया किमुतापरे हरे- रनुव्रता यत्र सुरासुरार्चिता: ॥ १० ॥
pravartate yatra rajas tamas tayoḥ
[pravartate yatra rajas tamas tayoh]
sattvaṁ ca miśraṁ na ca kāla-vikramaḥ
[sattvam cha mishram na cha kaala-vikramah]
na yatra māyā kim utāpare harer
[na yatra maayaa kim utaapare harer]
anuvratā yatra surāsurārcitāḥ
[anuvrataa yatra suraasuraarchitaah]
pravartate — prevail yatra — wherein rajaḥ tamaḥ — the modes of passion and ignorance tayoḥ — of both of them sattvam — the mode of goodness ca — and miśram — mixture na — never ca — and kāla — time vikramaḥ — influence na — neither yatra — therein māyā — illusory, external energy kim — what uta — there is apare — others hareḥ — of the Personality of Godhead anuvratāḥ — devotees yatra — wherein sura — by the demigods asura — and the demons arcitāḥ — worshiped.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
pravartate yatra rajas tamas tayoḥ
pravartate
prevail
yatra
wherein
rajaḥ tamaḥ
the modes of passion and ignorance
tayoḥ
of both of them
sattvaṁ ca miśraṁ na ca kāla-vikramaḥ
sattvam
the mode of goodness
ca
and
miśram
mixture
na
never
ca
and
kāla
time
vikramaḥ
influence
na yatra māyā kim utāpare harer
na
neither
yatra
therein
māyā
illusory, external energy
kim
what
uta
there is
apare
others
hareḥ
of the Personality of Godhead
anuvratā yatra surāsurārcitāḥ
anuvratāḥ
devotees
yatra
wherein
sura
by the demigods
asura
and the demons
arcitāḥ
worshiped.
In that personal abode of the Lord, the material modes of ignorance and passion do not prevail, nor is there any of their influence in goodness. There is no predominance of the influence of time, so what to speak of the illusory, external energy; it cannot enter that region. Without discrimination, both the demigods and the demons worship the Lord as devotees.

The kingdom of God, or the atmosphere of the Vaikuṇṭha nature, which is called the tripād-vibhūti, is three times bigger than the material universes and is described here, as also in the Bhagavad-gītā, in a nutshell. This universe, containing billions of stars and planets, is one of the billions of such universes clustered together within the compass of the mahat-tattva. And all these millions and billions of universes combined together constitute only one fourth of the magnitude of the whole creation of the Lord. There is the spiritual sky also; beyond this sky are the spiritual planets under the names of Vaikuṇṭha, and all of them constitute three fourths of the entire creation of the Lord. God’s creations are always innumerable. Even the leaves of a tree cannot be counted by a man, nor can the hairs on his head. However, foolish men are puffed up with the idea of becoming God Himself, though unable to create a hair of their own bodies. Man may discover so many wonderful vehicles of journey, but even if he reaches the moon by his much-advertised spacecraft, he cannot remain there. The sane man, therefore, without being puffed up, as if he were the God of the universe, abides by the instructions of the Vedic literature, the easiest way to acquire knowledge in transcendence. So let us know through the authority of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam of the nature and constitution of the transcendental world beyond the material sky. In that sky the material qualities, especially the modes of ignorance and passion, are completely absent. The mode of ignorance influences a living entity to the habit of lust and hankering, and this means that in the Vaikuṇṭhalokas the living entities are free from these two things. As confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā, in the brahma-bhūta stage of life one becomes free from hankering and lamentation. Therefore the conclusion is that the inhabitants of the Vaikuṇṭha planets are all brahma-bhūta living entities, as distinguished from the mundane creatures who are all compact in hankering and lamentation. When one is not in the modes of ignorance and passion, one is supposed to be situated in the mode of goodness in the material world. Goodness in the material world also at times becomes contaminated by touches of the modes of passion and ignorance. In the Vaikuṇṭhaloka, it is unalloyed goodness only.

The whole situation there is one of freedom from the illusory manifestation of the external energy. Although illusory energy is also part and parcel of the Supreme Lord, illusory energy is differentiated from the Lord. The illusory energy is not, however, false, as claimed by the monist philosophers. The rope accepted as a snake may be an illusion to a particular person, but the rope is a fact, and the snake is also a fact. The illusion of water on the hot desert may be illusion for the ignorant animal searching for water in the desert, but the desert and water are actual facts. Therefore the material creation of the Lord may be an illusion to the nondevotee, but to a devotee even the material creation of the Lord is a fact, as the manifestation of His external energy. But this energy of the Lord is not all. The Lord has His internal energy also, which has another creation known to be the Vaikuṇṭhalokas, where there is no ignorance, no passion, no illusion and no past and present. With a poor fund of knowledge one may be unable to understand the existence of such things as the Vaikuṇṭha atmosphere, but that does not nullify its existence. That spacecraft cannot reach these planets does not mean that there are no such planets, for they are described in the revealed scriptures.

As quoted by Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī, we can know from the Nārada-pañcarātra that the transcendental world or Vaikuṇṭha atmosphere is enriched with transcendental qualities. These transcendental qualities, as revealed through the devotional service of the Lord, are distinct from the mundane qualities of ignorance, passion and goodness. Such qualities are not attainable by the nondevotee class of men. In the Padma Purāṇa, Uttara-khaṇḍa, it is stated that beyond the one-fourth part of God’s creation is the three-fourths manifestation. The marginal line between the material manifestation and the spiritual manifestation is the Virajā River, and beyond the Virajā, which is a transcendental current flowing from the perspiration of the body of the Lord, there is the three-fourths manifestation of God’s creation. This part is eternal, everlasting, without deterioration, and unlimited, and it contains the highest perfectional stage of living conditions. In the Sāṅkhya-kaumudī it is stated that unalloyed goodness or transcendence is just opposite to the material modes. All living entities there are eternally associated without any break, and the Lord is the chief and prime entity. In the Āgama Purāṇas also, the transcendental abode is described as follows: The associated members there are free to go everywhere within the creation of the Lord, and there is no limit to such creation, particularly in the region of the three-fourths magnitude. Since the nature of that region is unlimited, there is no history of such association, nor is there end of it.

The conclusion may be drawn that because of the complete absence of the mundane qualities of ignorance and passion, there is no question of creation nor of annihilation. In the material world everything is created, and everything is annihilated, and the duration of life between the creation and annihilation is temporary. In the transcendental realm there is no creation and no destruction, and thus the duration of life is eternal unlimitedly. In other words, everything in the transcendental world is everlasting, full of knowledge and bliss without deterioration. Since there is no deterioration, there is no past, present and future in the estimation of time. It is clearly stated in this verse that the influence of time is conspicuous by its absence. The whole material existence is manifested by actions and reactions of elements which make the influence of time prominent in the matter of past, present and future. There are no such actions and reactions of cause and effects there, so the cycle of birth, growth, existence, transformations, deterioration and annihilation — the six material changes — are not existent there. It is the unalloyed manifestation of the energy of the Lord, without illusion as experienced here in the material world. The whole Vaikuṇṭha existence proclaims that everyone there is a follower of the Lord. The Lord is the chief leader there, without any competition for leadership, and the people in general are all followers of the Lord. It is confirmed in the Vedas, therefore, that the Lord is the chief leader and all other living entities are subordinate to Him, for only the Lord satisfies all the needs of all other living entities.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
In Vaikuṇṭha there is no rajas or tamas, and no sattva mixed with rajas and tamas. There is no influence of time. There is no influence of māyā at all, what to speak of its products such as material elements. In Vaikuṇṭha the inhabitants are fully dedicated to the Lord and are worshippable by the devas, asuras and devotees.
Commentary

In Vaikuṇṭha there is no influence of rajas and tamas. This means that there is no creation and no destruction. There is also no material sattva which is mixed with these two. With absence of material sattva there is no maintenance of temporary Svarga-loka and other planets. However there is śuddha-sattva, composed of eternity and knowledge, related to the svarūpa-śakti of the Lord. In Nārada Pañcarātra, Jitanta-stotra it is said:

lokaṁ vaikuṇṭha-nāmānaṁ divya-ṣaḍ-guṇa-saṁyutam | avaiṣṇavānām aprāpyaṁ guṇa-traya-vivarjitam ||

Vaikuṇṭha is endowed with six transcendental qualities, is devoid of the three material guṇas and is not attainable for the non-vaiṣṇavas.

In the Padma Purāṇa it is said:

tripād-vibhūti-rūpaṁ tu śṛṇu bhūdhara-nandini || pradhāna-parama-vyomnor antare virajā nadī | vedāṅgasvedajanita-toyaiḥ prasrāvitā śubhā || tasyāḥ pāre para-vyomni tripād-bhūtaṁ sanātanam | amṛtaṁ śāśvataṁ nityam anantaṁ paraṁ padam || śuddha-sattva-mayaṁ divyam akṣaraṁ brahmaṇaḥ padam || sarva-vedamayaṁ śubhraṁ sarva-pralaya-varjitam | asaṅkhyam ajaraṁ satyaṁ jāgrat-svapnādi-varjitam || na tad bhāsayate sūryo na śaśāṅko na pāvakaḥ | yad gatvā na nivartante tad dhāma paramaṁ hareḥ || nānā-jana-padākīrṇaṁ vaikuṇṭhaṁ tad dhareḥ padam ||

Hear about the form of the spiritual world. Between the material realm and the spiritual sky, the splendid river called Virajā flows with water produced from the perspiration of the Vedas. Beyond the river lies the place called tripād. This supreme abode is eternally sweet, young, and eternally blissful. This abode of the Lord is śuddha-sattva, full of pastimes and without decay. It is all the Vedas, without contamination, and never subject to destruction. It is beyond measure, without old age, truth, and devoid of the stages of material consciousness —waking, sleeping and deep sleep. There the sun, the moon and fire do not shine. Having gone to the supreme abode of the Lord, one does not return. This abode of the Lord is filled with many inhabitants.

There is no influence of time, which causes six types of transformation, because the place is under the influence of the Lord’s qualities. What else can be said? There, the guṇas are cut out at the root. Māyā, the material cause of creation and destruction of the material world, a śakti of the Lord, does not have any deluding influence at all in Vaikuṇṭha. This is understood since it is already stated that rajas and tamas cannot exist there. What to speak of the absence of other things (kim utāpare), such as the expansions of māyā like mahat-tattva? This also means that the bodies in that place do not have a beginning produced of the material elements. After a description of Vaikuṇṭha, the inhabitants are described. In that place there are associates of the Lord, those who act in compliance to the Lord (anuvratā). This means that everyone there acts for the pleasure of the Lord. It has already been stated in the third verse that the Lord is beyond time and māyā. Now it is stated that Vaikuṇṭha and the devotees there are beyond time and māyā. The devotees there (since they are beyond time and māyā) should be worshipped by the devatās, demons and devotees.

In the Vaikuṇṭha realm there is no ignorance, no passion, not even effort of goodness; no time pressure, no illusion. Demigods and demons alike worship the Lord there as devotees. Categories of this world don't apply.
Reflection Questions
  • What 'categories' from this world do I project onto the spiritual realm?
  • How does my mental picture of liberation change if I let time and illusion drop away?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.11

↗
श्यामावदाता: शतपत्रलोचना: पिशङ्गवस्त्रा: सुरुच: सुपेशस: । सर्वे चतुर्बाहव उन्मिषन्मणि- प्रवेकनिष्काभरणा: सुवर्चस: ॥ ११ ॥
śyāmāvadātāḥ śata-patra-locanāḥ
[shyaamaavadaataah shata-patra-lochanaah]
piśaṅga-vastrāḥ surucaḥ supeśasaḥ
[pishanga-vastraah suruchah supeshasah]
sarve catur-bāhava unmiṣan-maṇi-
[sarve chatur-baahava unmishan-mani-]
praveka-niṣkābharaṇāḥ suvarcasaḥ
[praveka-nishkaabharanaah suvarchasah]
śyāma — sky-bluish avadātāḥ — glowing śata-patra — lotus flower locanāḥ — eyes piśaṅga — yellowish vastrāḥ — clothing su-rucaḥ — greatly attractive su-peśasaḥ — growing youthful sarve — all of them catuḥ — four bāhavaḥ — hands unmiṣan — rising luster maṇi — pearls praveka — superior quality niṣka-ābharaṇāḥ — ornamental medallions su-varcasaḥ — effulgent.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śyāmāvadātāḥ śata-patra-locanāḥ
śyāma
sky-bluish
avadātāḥ
glowing
śata-patra
lotus flower
locanāḥ
eyes
piśaṅga-vastrāḥ surucaḥ supeśasaḥ
piśaṅga
yellowish
vastrāḥ
clothing
su-rucaḥ
greatly attractive
su-peśasaḥ
growing youthful
sarve
all of them
sarve catur-bāhava unmiṣan-maṇi-
catuḥ
four
bāhavaḥ
hands
unmiṣan
rising luster
maṇi
pearls
praveka-niṣkābharaṇāḥ suvarcasaḥ
praveka
superior quality
niṣka-ābharaṇāḥ
ornamental medallions
su-varcasaḥ
effulgent.
The inhabitants of the Vaikuṇṭha planets are described as having a glowing sky-bluish complexion. Their eyes resemble lotus flowers, their dress is of yellowish color, and their bodily features very attractive. They are just the age of growing youths, they all have four hands, they are all nicely decorated with pearl necklaces with ornamental medallions, and they all appear to be effulgent.

The inhabitants in Vaikuṇṭhaloka are all personalities with spiritual bodily features not to be found in the material world. We can find the descriptions in the revealed scriptures like Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Impersonal descriptions of transcendence in the scriptures indicate that the bodily features in Vaikuṇṭhaloka are never to be seen in any part of the universe. As there are different bodily features in different places of a particular planet, or as there are different bodily features between bodies in different planets, similarly the bodily features of the inhabitants in Vaikuṇṭhaloka are completely different from those in the material universe. For example, the four hands are distinct from the two hands in this world.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The inhabitants of Vaikuṇṭha are dark in complexion and effulgent. They have lotus eyes, yellow cloth, and pleasing demeanor and are youthful. They all have four arms and wear ornaments of the best shining jewels. They have all splendors. Some are colored red, yellow or white. They wear glittering earrings, crowns and garlands.
Commentary

They are dark in complexion, and shining (avadātā) with lotus eyes and yellow cloth. They are pleasing and very young (supeśasaḥ). They wear ornaments with the best (praveka) shining (unmiṣat) jewels, and are extremely glorious. They have colors of coral, vaidūrya and the water lily. The Bhagavat-sandarbha explains that those devotees have forms like the Lord with colors like red and yellow.

harer anuvratā yatra śyāmāruṇa-harit-sitāḥ | tat-tad-varṇam upāsyeśaṁ tat-sārūpyam upāgatāḥ ||

In that place the Lord’s associates are black, reddish, green or white in complexion. By worshipping the Lord with a particular complexion the devotee attains a form with a similar complexion. Laghu-bhagavatāmṛta 237

They have earrings, crowns and garlands which glitter.

Vaikuṇṭha residents have sky-blue complexions, four hands, lotus eyes, yellow garments, eternal youth, and effulgent forms — completely unlike anything seen here. Don't reduce the spiritual world to a vague light or boring abstraction.
Reflection Questions
  • Do I let the spiritual world be as concretely beautiful as scripture describes?
  • What in my imagination keeps insisting the spiritual must be featureless?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.12

↗
प्रवालवैदूर्यमृणालवर्चस: । परिस्फुरत्कुण्डलमौलिमालिन: ॥ १२ ॥
pravāla-vaidūrya-mṛṇāla-varcasaḥ
[pravaala-vaidoorya-mrinaala-varchasah]
parisphurat-kuṇḍala-mauli-mālinaḥ
[parisphurat-kundala-mauli-maalinah]
pravāla — coral vaidūrya — a special diamond mṛṇāla — celestial lotus varcasaḥ — rays parisphurat — blooming kuṇḍala — earring mauli — heads mālinaḥ — with garlands.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
pravāla-vaidūrya-mṛṇāla-varcasaḥ
pravāla
coral
vaidūrya
a special diamond
mṛṇāla
celestial lotus
varcasaḥ
rays
parisphurat-kuṇḍala-mauli-mālinaḥ
parisphurat
blooming
kuṇḍala
earring
mauli
heads
mālinaḥ
with garlands.
Some of them are effulgent like coral and diamonds in complexion and have garlands on their heads, blooming like lotus flowers, and some wear earrings.

There are some inhabitants who have attained the liberation of sārūpya, or possessing bodily features like those of the Personality of Godhead. The vaidūrya diamond is especially meant for the Personality of Godhead, but one who achieves the liberation of bodily equality with the Lord is especially favored with such diamonds on his body.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The inhabitants of Vaikuṇṭha are dark in complexion and effulgent. They have lotus eyes, yellow cloth, and pleasing demeanor and are youthful. They all have four arms and wear ornaments of the best shining jewels. They have all splendors. Some are colored red, yellow or white. They wear glittering earrings, crowns and garlands.
Commentary

They are dark in complexion, and shining (avadātā) with lotus eyes and yellow cloth. They are pleasing and very young (supeśasaḥ). They wear ornaments with the best (praveka) shining (unmiṣat) jewels, and are extremely glorious. They have colors of coral, vaidūrya and the water lily. The Bhagavat-sandarbha explains that those devotees have forms like the Lord with colors like red and yellow.

harer anuvratā yatra śyāmāruṇa-harit-sitāḥ | tat-tad-varṇam upāsyeśaṁ tat-sārūpyam upāgatāḥ ||

In that place the Lord’s associates are black, reddish, green or white in complexion. By worshipping the Lord with a particular complexion the devotee attains a form with a similar complexion. Laghu-bhagavatāmṛta 237

They have earrings, crowns and garlands which glitter.

Some Vaikuṇṭha residents shine like coral or vaidūrya diamond — they have attained sārūpya, bodily features like the Lord's. The Lord even shares His own ornaments with such liberated devotees. He is generous beyond expectation.
Reflection Questions
  • Have I underestimated the Lord's generosity toward His devotees?
  • What 'ornament' of His would I most like to wear, and what practice points toward it?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.13

↗
भ्राजिष्णुभिर्य: परितो विराजते लसद्विमानावलिभिर्महात्मनाम् । विद्योतमान: प्रमदोत्तमाद्युभि: सविद्युदभ्रावलिभिर्यथा नभ: ॥ १३ ॥
bhrājiṣṇubhir yaḥ parito virājate
[bhraajishnubhir yah parito viraajate]
lasad-vimānāvalibhir mahātmanām
[lasad-vimaanaavalibhir mahaatmanaam]
vidyotamānaḥ pramadottamādyubhiḥ
[vidyotamaanah pramadottamaadyubhih]
savidyud-abhrāvalibhir yathā nabhaḥ
[savidyud-abhraavalibhir yathaa nabhah]
bhrājiṣṇubhiḥ — by the glowing yaḥ — the Vaikuṇṭhalokas paritaḥ — surrounded by virājate — thus situated lasat — brilliant vimāna — airplanes avalibhiḥ — assemblage mahā-ātmanām — of the great devotees of the Lord vidyotamānaḥ — beautiful like lightning pramada — ladies uttama — celestial adyubhiḥ — by complexion sa-vidyut — with electric lightning abhrāvalibhiḥ — with clouds in the sky yathā — as it were nabhaḥ — the sky.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
bhrājiṣṇubhir yaḥ parito virājate
bhrājiṣṇubhiḥ
by the glowing
yaḥ
the Vaikuṇṭhalokas
paritaḥ
surrounded by
virājate
thus situated
lasad-vimānāvalibhir mahātmanām
lasat
brilliant
vimāna
airplanes
avalibhiḥ
assemblage
mahā-ātmanām
of the great devotees of the Lord
vidyotamānaḥ pramadottamādyubhiḥ
vidyotamānaḥ
beautiful like lightning
pramada
ladies
uttama
celestial
adyubhiḥ
by complexion
savidyud-abhrāvalibhir yathā nabhaḥ
sa-vidyut
with electric lightning
abhrāvalibhiḥ
with clouds in the sky
yathā
as it were
nabhaḥ
the sky.
The Vaikuṇṭha planets are also surrounded by various airplanes, all glowing and brilliantly situated. These airplanes belong to the great mahātmās or devotees of the Lord. The ladies are as beautiful as lightning because of their celestial complexions, and all these combined together appear just like the sky decorated with both clouds and lightning.

It appears that in the Vaikuṇṭha planets there are also airplanes brilliantly glowing, and they are occupied by the great devotees of the Lord with ladies of celestial beauty as brilliant as lightning. As there are airplanes, so there must be different types of carriages like airplanes, but they may not be driven machines, as we have experience in this world. Because everything is of the same nature of eternity, bliss and knowledge, the airplanes and carriages are of the same quality as Brahman. Although there is nothing except Brahman, one should not mistakenly think that there is only void and no variegatedness. Thinking like that is due to a poor fund of knowledge; otherwise no one would have such a misconception of voidness in Brahman. As there are airplanes, ladies and gentlemen, so there must be cities and houses and everything else just suitable to the particular planets. One should not carry the ideas of imperfection from this world to the transcendental world and not take into consideration the nature of the atmosphere, as completely free from the influence of time, etc., as described previously.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
That place is filled with shining air vehicles belonging to the inhabitants, and shines with the forms of divine women. The planet appears to be a sky filled with clouds and flashing lightning.
Commentary

After a description of the inhabitants the place is again described. The place is filled with shining (bhrājiṣṇubhiḥ) air vehicles and shines with celestial women. The place is like the sky filled with clouds (air vehicles) and flashes of lightning (the women).

Glowing airplanes carry great devotees and their celestial-complexioned consorts across Vaikuṇṭha skies. Spiritual variety is not less than material variety; it is more. Brahman is not void.
Reflection Questions
  • Have I quietly assumed the spiritual life is sparse and the material life is full?
  • What would it mean to expect more variety and beauty on the other side, not less?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.14

↗
श्रीर्यत्र रूपिण्युरुगायपादयो: करोति मानं बहुधा विभूतिभि: । प्रेङ्खं श्रिता या कुसुमाकरानुगै- र्विगीयमाना प्रियकर्म गायती ॥ १४ ॥
śrīr yatra rūpiṇy urugāya-pādayoḥ
[shreer yatra roopiny urugaaya-paadayoh]
karoti mānaṁ bahudhā vibhūtibhiḥ
[karoti maanam bahudhaa vibhootibhih]
preṅkhaṁ śritā yā kusumākarānugair
[prenkham shritaa yaa kusumaakaraanugair]
vigīyamānā priya-karma-gāyatī
[vigeeyamaanaa priya-karma-gaayatee]
śrīḥ — the goddess of fortune yatra — in the Vaikuṇṭha planets rūpiṇī — in her transcendental form urugāya — the Lord, who is sung of by the great devotees pādayoḥ — under the lotus feet of the Lord karoti — does mānam — respectful services bahudhā — in diverse paraphernalia vibhūtibhiḥ — accompanied by her personal associates preṅkham — movement of enjoyment śritā — taken shelter of yā — who kusumākara — spring anugaiḥ — by the black bees vigīyamānā — being followed by the songs priya-karma — activities of the dearmost gāyatī — singing.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śrīr yatra rūpiṇy urugāya-pādayoḥ
śrīḥ
the goddess of fortune
yatra
in the Vaikuṇṭha planets
rūpiṇī
in her transcendental form
urugāya
the Lord, who is sung of by the great devotees
pādayoḥ
under the lotus feet of the Lord
karoti mānaṁ bahudhā vibhūtibhiḥ
karoti
does
mānam
respectful services
bahudhā
in diverse paraphernalia
vibhūtibhiḥ
accompanied by her personal associates
preṅkhaṁ śritā yā kusumākarānugair
preṅkham
movement of enjoyment
śritā
taken shelter of
yā
who
kusumākara
spring
anugaiḥ
by the black bees
vigīyamānā priya-karma-gāyatī
vigīyamānā
being followed by the songs
priya-karma
activities of the dearmost
gāyatī
singing.
The goddess of fortune in her transcendental form is engaged in the loving service of the Lord’s lotus feet, and being moved by the black bees, followers of spring, she is not only engaged in variegated pleasure — service to the Lord, along with her constant companions — but is also engaged in singing the glories of the Lord’s activities.
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Beautiful Lakṣmī worships the feet of the Lord along with her many associates. Sitting on a swing, praised by the bees, she sings about the activities of the Lord.
Commentary

The consort of the Lord is described. She is the svarūpa-śakti of the Lord (śrīḥ), and very beautiful (rūpiṇī). She worships (mānam) his feet along with her associates (vibhūtibhīḥ). Being praised variously (vigīyamānā) by bees (kusumākarānugaiḥ), she sings about the activities of the Lord.

Even the goddess of fortune herself serves the Lord's lotus feet, alongside her companions and singing His glories. The richest source of opulence in existence still serves. There is no rank too high to be a servant.
Reflection Questions
  • Where do my position or accomplishments make me feel exempt from service?
  • What would it mean to sing His glories like Lakṣmī — not from duty but from delight?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.15

↗
ददर्श तत्राखिलसात्वतां पतिं श्रिय: पतिं यज्ञपतिं जगत्पतिम् । सुनन्दनन्दप्रबलार्हणादिभि: स्वपार्षदाग्रै: परिसेवितं विभुम् ॥ १५ ॥
dadarśa tatrākhila-sātvatāṁ patiṁ
[dadarsha tatraakhila-saatvataam patim]
śriyaḥ patiṁ yajña-patiṁ jagat-patim
[shriyah patim yajna-patim jagat-patim]
sunanda-nanda-prabalārhaṇādibhiḥ
[sunanda-nanda-prabalaarhanaadibhih]
sva-pārṣadāgraiḥ parisevitaṁ vibhum
[sva-paarshadaagraih parisevitam vibhum]
dadarśa — Brahmā saw tatra — there (in Vaikuṇṭhaloka) akhila — entire sātvatām — of the great devotees patim — the Lord śriyaḥ — of the goddess of fortune patim — the Lord yajña — of sacrifice patim — the Lord jagat — of the universe patim — the Lord sunanda — Sunanda nanda — Nanda prabala — Prabala arhaṇa — Arhaṇa ādibhiḥ — by them sva-pārṣada — own associates agraiḥ — by the foremost parisevitam — being served in transcendental love vibhum — the great Almighty.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
dadarśa tatrākhila-sātvatāṁ patiṁ
dadarśa
Brahmā saw
tatra
there (in Vaikuṇṭhaloka)
akhila
entire
sātvatām
of the great devotees
patim
the Lord
śriyaḥ patiṁ yajña-patiṁ jagat-patim
śriyaḥ
of the goddess of fortune
patim
the Lord
yajña
of sacrifice
patim
the Lord
jagat
of the universe
patim
the Lord
sunanda-nanda-prabalārhaṇādibhiḥ
sunanda
Sunanda
nanda
Nanda
prabala
Prabala
arhaṇa
Arhaṇa
ādibhiḥ
by them
sva-pārṣadāgraiḥ parisevitaṁ vibhum
sva-pārṣada
own associates
agraiḥ
by the foremost
parisevitam
being served in transcendental love
vibhum
the great Almighty.
Lord Brahmā saw in the Vaikuṇṭha planets the Personality of Godhead, who is the Lord of the entire devotee community, the Lord of the goddess of fortune, the Lord of all sacrifices, and the Lord of the universe, and who is served by the foremost servitors like Nanda, Sunanda, Prabala and Arhaṇa, His immediate associates.

When we speak of a king it is naturally understood that the king is accompanied by his confidential associates, like his secretary, private secretary, aide-de-camp, ministers and advisers. So also when we see the Lord we see Him with His different energies, associates, confidential servitors, etc. So the Supreme Lord, who is the leader of all living entities, the Lord of all devotee sects, the Lord of all opulences, the Lord of sacrifices and the enjoyer of everything in His entire creation, is not only the Supreme Person, but also is always surrounded by His immediate associates, all engaged in their loving transcendental service to Him.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Brahmā saw the Lord, the Lord of all the devotees in Vaikuṇṭha, the Lord of Lakṣmī, the Lord of sacrifice and the Lord of the universe, served by his chief followers such as Sunanda, Nanda, Prabala and Arhaṇa.
Commentary

Having described Lakṣmī, Śukadeva now describes the Lord.

Brahmā saw the Lord — master of devotees, of Lakṣmī, of sacrifices, of all worlds — surrounded by His confidential associates Nanda, Sunanda, Prabala, Arhaṇa. The Lord is never alone; He comes with His entourage of love.
Reflection Questions
  • Do I picture meeting God as solitary, or as joining a living community of associates?
  • Whom would I want as my companions in the Lord's audience hall?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.16

↗
भृत्यप्रसादाभिमुखं द‍ृगासवं प्रसन्नहासारुणलोचनाननम् । किरीटिनं कुण्डलिनं चतुर्भुजं पीतांशुकं वक्षसि लक्षितं श्रिया ॥ १६ ॥
bhṛtya-prasādābhimukhaṁ dṛg-āsavaṁ
[bhritya-prasaadaabhimukham drig-aasavam]
prasanna-hāsāruṇa-locanānanam
[prasanna-haasaaruna-lochanaananam]
kirīṭinaṁ kuṇḍalinaṁ catur-bhujaṁ
[kireetinam kundalinam chatur-bhujam]
pītāṁśukaṁ vakṣasi lakṣitaṁ śriyā
[peetaamshukam vakshasi lakshitam shriyaa]
bhṛtya — the servitor prasāda — affection abhimukham — favorably facing dṛk — the very sight āsavam — an intoxication prasanna — very much pleased hāsa — smile aruṇa — reddish locana — eyes ānanam — face kirīṭinam — with helmet kuṇḍalinam — with earrings catuḥ-bhujam — with four hands pīta — yellow aṁśukam — dress vakṣasi — on the chest lakṣitam — marked śriyā — with the goddess of fortune.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
bhṛtya-prasādābhimukhaṁ dṛg-āsavaṁ
bhṛtya
the servitor
prasāda
affection
abhimukham
favorably facing
dṛk
the very sight
āsavam
an intoxication
prasanna-hāsāruṇa-locanānanam
prasanna
very much pleased
hāsa
smile
aruṇa
reddish
locana
eyes
ānanam
face
kirīṭinaṁ kuṇḍalinaṁ catur-bhujaṁ
kirīṭinam
with helmet
kuṇḍalinam
with earrings
catuḥ-bhujam
with four hands
pītāṁśukaṁ vakṣasi lakṣitaṁ śriyā
pīta
yellow
aṁśukam
dress
vakṣasi
on the chest
lakṣitam
marked
śriyā
with the goddess of fortune.
The Personality of Godhead, seen leaning favorably towards His loving servitors, His very sight intoxicating and attractive, appeared to be very much satisfied. He had a smiling face decorated with an enchanting reddish hue. He was dressed in yellow robes and wore earrings and a helmet on his head. He had four hands, and His chest was marked with the lines of the goddess of fortune.

In the Padma Purāṇa, Uttara-khaṇḍa, there is a full description of the yoga-pīṭha, or the particular place where the Lord is in audience to His eternal devotees. In that yoga-pīṭha, the personifications of religion, knowledge, opulence and renunciation are all seated at the lotus feet of the Lord. The four Vedas, namely Ṛk, Sāma, Yajur and Atharva, are present there personally to advise the Lord. The sixteen energies headed by Caṇḍa are all present there. Caṇḍa and Kumuda are the first two doorkeepers, at the middle door are the doorkeepers named Bhadra and Subhadra, and at the last door are Jaya and Vijaya. There are other doorkeepers also, named Kumuda, Kumudākṣa, Puṇḍarīka, Vāmana, Śaṅkukarṇa, Sarvanetra, Sumukha, etc. The Lord’s palace is well decorated and protected by the above-mentioned doorkeepers.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The Lord, desiring to give mercy to his servants, was a joy to the eyes of the devotees. He had a joyful smile and eyes tinged with red. He had a crown on his head, and wore earrings. He had four arms, wore yellow cloth and on the left side of his chest was a golden line.
Commentary

He is the giver of joy for those who see him (dṛg-āsavam). With the mention of yellow cloth, his dark complexion should also be understood. He is decorated with a golden line on the left side of his chest (śriyā).

The Lord leaned favorably toward His servants — smiling, with a reddish hue, in yellow robes, earrings, helmet, four arms, Lakṣmī's mark on His chest. Even within the spiritual world, the Person has form, fashion, and an audience hall.
Reflection Questions
  • Does my picture of God's beauty include this kind of specific, almost royal, detail?
  • What does the Lord's beautiful form ask of my own care for form?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.17

↗
अध्यर्हणीयासनमास्थितं परं वृतं चतु:षोडशपञ्चशक्तिभि: । युक्तं भगै: स्वैरितरत्र चाध्रुवै: स्व एव धामन् रममाणमीश्वरम् ॥ १७ ॥
adhyarhaṇīyāsanam āsthitaṁ paraṁ
[adhyarhaneeyaasanam aasthitam param]
vṛtaṁ catuḥ-ṣoḍaśa-pañca-śaktibhiḥ
[vritam chatuh-shodasha-pancha-shaktibhih]
yuktaṁ bhagaiḥ svair itaratra cādhruvaiḥ
[yuktam bhagaih svair itaratra chaadhruvaih]
sva eva dhāman ramamāṇam īśvaram
[sva eva dhaaman ramamaanam eeshvaram]
adhyarhaṇīya — greatly worshipable āsanam — throne āsthitam — seated on it param — the Supreme vṛtam — surrounded by catuḥ — four, namely prakṛti, puruṣa, mahat and ego ṣoḍaśa — the sixteen pañca — the five śaktibhiḥ — by the energies yuktam — empowered with bhagaiḥ — His opulences svaiḥ — personal itaratra — other minor prowesses ca — also adhruvaiḥ — temporary sve — own eva — certainly dhāman — abode ramamāṇam — enjoying īśvaram — the Supreme Lord.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
adhyarhaṇīyāsanam āsthitaṁ paraṁ
adhyarhaṇīya
greatly worshipable
āsanam
throne
āsthitam
seated on it
param
the Supreme
vṛtaṁ catuḥ-ṣoḍaśa-pañca-śaktibhiḥ
vṛtam
surrounded by
catuḥ
four, namely prakṛti, puruṣa, mahat and ego
ṣoḍaśa
the sixteen
pañca
the five
śaktibhiḥ
by the energies
yuktaṁ bhagaiḥ svair itaratra cādhruvaiḥ
yuktam
empowered with
bhagaiḥ
His opulences
svaiḥ
personal
itaratra
other minor prowesses
ca
also
adhruvaiḥ
temporary
sva eva dhāman ramamāṇam īśvaram
sve
own
eva
certainly
dhāman
abode
ramamāṇam
enjoying
īśvaram
the Supreme Lord.
The Lord was seated on His throne and was surrounded by different energies like the four, the sixteen, the five, and the six natural opulences, along with other insignificant energies of the temporary character. But He was the factual Supreme Lord, enjoying His own abode.

The Lord is naturally endowed with His six opulences. Specifically, He is the richest, He is the most powerful, He is the most famous, He is the most beautiful, He is the greatest in knowledge, and He is the greatest renouncer as well. And for His material creative energies, He is served by four, namely the principles of prakṛti, puruṣa, mahat-tattva and ego. He is also served by the sixteen, namely the five elements (earth, water, air, fire and sky), the five perceptive sense organs (the eye, ear, nose, tongue and skin), the five working sense organs (the hand, the leg, the stomach, the evacuation outlet and the genitals) and the mind. The five includes the sense objects, namely form, taste, smell, sound and touch. All these twenty-five items serve the Lord in the material creation, and all of them are personally present to serve the Lord. The insignificant opulences numbering eight (the aṣṭa-siddhis, attained by yogīs for temporary overlordship) are also under His control, but He is naturally full with all such powers without any effort, and therefore He is the Supreme Lord.

The living being, by severe penance and performance of bodily exercises, can temporarily attain some wonderful power, but that does not make him the Supreme Lord. The Supreme Lord, by His own potency, is unlimitedly more powerful than any yogī, He is unlimitedly more learned than any jñānī, He is unlimitedly richer than any wealthy person, He is unlimitedly more beautiful than any beautiful living being, and He is unlimitedly more charitable than any philanthropist. He is above all; no one is equal to or greater than Him. Nor can anyone reach His level of perfection in any of the above powers by any amount of penance or yogic demonstrations. The yogīs are dependent on His mercy. Out of His immensely charitable disposition He can award some temporary powers to the yogīs because of the yogīs’ hankering after them, but to His unalloyed devotees, who do not want anything from the Lord save and except His transcendental service, the Lord is so pleased that He gives Himself in exchange for unalloyed service.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
He saw the Lord seated on his praiseworthy throne, who was surrounded by the four, sixteen and five energies, who was endowed with natural powers and the temporary powers of all other powerful beings, and who enjoyed in that spiritual abode.
Commentary

The four śaktis are dharma, jñāna, aiśvarya and vairāgya. These are described in the Padma Purāṇa in the description of the center of Vaikuṇṭha:

dharma-jñāna tathaiśvarya-vairāgyaiḥ pāda-vigrahaiḥ | ṛg-yajuḥ-sāmātharvāṇa-rūpair nityaṁ vṛtaṁ kramād ||

The place is surrounded by the dharma, jñāna, aiśvarya and vairāgya, and the personifications of the Ṛg, Yajur, Sāma and Atharva Vedas.

The sixteen śaktis are Caṇḍa and others. They are also described in the Padma Purāṇa:

caṇḍa-pracaṇḍau prāg-dvāre yāmye bhadra-subhadrakau | vāruṇyāṁ jaya-vijayau saumye dhātṛ-vidhātarau || kumudaḥ kumudākṣaś ca puṇḍarīko’tha vāmanaḥ | śaṅku-karṇaḥ sarva-netraḥ sumukhaḥ supratiṣṭhitaḥ || ete dik-patayaḥ proktāḥ puryām atra suśobhane ||

At the eastern gate are Caṇḍa and Pracaṇḍa. At the southern gate are Bhadra and Subhadra. At the western gate are Jaya and Vijaya. At the northern gate are Dhātā and Vidhātā. In the directions starting from east are Kumuda, Kumudakṣa, Puṇḍarīka, Vāmana, Śaṅkukarṇa, Sarvanetra, Sumukha, and Supratiṣṭhita. Padmā Purāṇa 6.228.13-15

The five śaktis are as follows:

kūrmaś ca nāgarājaś ca vanateyas trayīśvaraḥ | chandāṁsi sarva-mantrāś ca pīṭha-rūpatvam āsthitā ||

Kūrma, Ananta, Garuḍa -- who is lord of the Vedas --, the Vedic meters and all the mantras are situated as the form of the pīṭha. Padma Purāṇa 6.228.24

The four can also refer to prakṛti, puruṣa, mahat-tattva and ahaṅkāra. The sixteen can refer to the ten senses with the mind and the five gross elements. The five can refer to the five tan-mātrās. Śrīdhara Svāmī gives this explanation, which is acceptable. In this case, even māyā along with mahat-tattva and other elements remain there, offering devotion to the Lord. This can be explained by the fact that the spiritual world, composed of the svarūpa-śakti of the Lord, is the shelter of all śaktis including the material śaktis. It has already been stated in verse 10 that māyā and her products cannot bewilder the jīva in the spiritual world. This should be understood when the verse says that the place is not influenced by time (kāla-vikramaḥ). This should also be understood when Brahmā saw Kṛṣṇa’s expansions as Viṣṇu forms:

aṇimādyair mahimabhir ajādyābhir vibhūtibhiḥ catur-viṁśatibhis tattvaiḥ parītā mahad-ādibhiḥ

All the viṣṇu-mūrtis were surrounded by the opulences, headed by aṇimā-siddhi; by the mystic potencies, headed by Ajā; and by the twenty-four elements for the creation of the material world, headed by the mahat-tattva. SB 10.13.52

The Lord was also endowed with his natural powers (svaiḥ bhagaiḥ) and the temporary powers (adhruvaiḥ) of Brahmā and others (itaratra). He saw the Lord who enjoys in Vaikuṇṭha (dhāman) with its own form (sve).

Related verses
The Lord on His throne is surrounded by His six opulences and other natural energies — He is the actual Supreme, enjoying His own abode. His unique combination is unmatched anywhere.
Reflection Questions
  • Do I let the Lord be the actual richest, strongest, most beautiful, most renounced?
  • How does seeing Him fully complete change how much I demand of myself or others?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.18

↗
तद्दर्शनाह्लादपरिप्लुतान्तरो हृष्यत्तनु: प्रेमभराश्रुलोचन: । ननाम पादाम्बुजमस्य विश्वसृग् यत् पारमहंस्येन पथाधिगम्यते ॥ १८ ॥
tad-darśanāhlāda-pariplutāntaro
[tad-darshanaahlaada-pariplutaantaro]
hṛṣyat-tanuḥ prema-bharāśru-locanaḥ
[hrishyat-tanuh prema-bharaashru-lochanah]
nanāma pādāmbujam asya viśva-sṛg
[nanaama paadaambujam asya vishva-srig]
yat pāramahaṁsyena pathādhigamyate
[yat paaramahamsyena pathaadhigamyate]
tat — by that audience of the Lord darśana — audience āhlāda — joy paripluta — overwhelmed antaraḥ — within the heart hṛṣyat — full in ecstasy tanuḥ — body prema-bhara — in full transcendental love aśru — tears locanaḥ — in the eyes nanāma — bowed down pāda-ambujam — under the lotus feet asya — of the Lord viśva-sṛk — the creator of the universe yat — which pāramahaṁsyena — by the great liberated soul pathā — the path adhigamyate — is followed.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tad-darśanāhlāda-pariplutāntaro
tat
by that audience of the Lord
darśana
audience
āhlāda
joy
paripluta
overwhelmed
antaraḥ
within the heart
hṛṣyat-tanuḥ prema-bharāśru-locanaḥ
hṛṣyat
full in ecstasy
tanuḥ
body
prema-bhara
in full transcendental love
aśru
tears
locanaḥ
in the eyes
nanāma pādāmbujam asya viśva-sṛg
nanāma
bowed down
pāda-ambujam
under the lotus feet
asya
of the Lord
viśva-sṛk
the creator of the universe
yat pāramahaṁsyena pathādhigamyate
yat
which
pāramahaṁsyena
by the great liberated soul
pathā
the path
adhigamyate
is followed.
Lord Brahmā, thus seeing the Personality of Godhead in His fullness, was overwhelmed with joy within his heart, and thus in full transcendental love and ecstasy, his eyes filled with tears of love. He thus bowed down before the Lord. That is the way of the highest perfection for the living being [paramahaṁsa].

In the beginning of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam it is stated that this great literature is meant for the paramahaṁsas. Paramo nirmatsarāṇāṁ satām, i.e., the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is meant for persons completely free from malice. In the conditioned life the malicious life begins from the top, namely bearing malice against the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Personality of Godhead is an established fact in all the revealed scriptures, and in the Bhagavad-gītā the personal feature of the Supreme Lord is especially mentioned, so much so that the last portion of the great literature has emphatically stressed that one should surrender unto the Personality of Godhead to be saved from the miseries of life. Unfortunately, persons with impious backgrounds do not believe in the Personality of Godhead, and everyone wants to become God himself without any qualification. This malicious nature in the conditioned soul continues even up to the stage when a person wants to be one with the Lord, and thus even the greatest of the empiric philosophers speculating on becoming one with the Supreme Lord cannot become a paramahaṁsa because the malicious mind is there. Therefore the paramahaṁsa stage of life can be attained only by those who are fixed in the practice of bhakti-yoga. This bhakti-yoga begins if a person has the firm conviction that simply discharging devotional service to the Lord in full transcendental love can elevate him to the highest perfectional stage of life. Brahmājī believed in this art of bhakti-yoga; he believed in the instruction of the Lord to execute tapa, and he discharged the function with great penance and thus achieved the great success of seeing the Vaikuṇṭhalokas and the Lord also by personal experience. No one can reach the abode of the Supreme Lord by any mechanical means of the mind or machine, but one can reach the abode of the Vaikuṇṭhalokas simply by following the process of bhakti-yoga because the Lord can be realized only through the bhakti-yoga process. Lord Brahmājī was actually sitting on his lotus seat, and from there, by executing the process of bhakti-yoga in great seriousness, he could see the Vaikuṇṭhalokas with all variegatedness as well as the Lord in person and His associates.

Following in the footsteps of Lord Brahmā, any person, even up to this day, can attain the same perfection by following the path of the paramahaṁsa as recommended herein. Lord Caitanya also approved of this method of self-realization for men in this age. One should first, with all conviction, believe in the Personality of Godhead Śrī Kṛṣṇa, and without making efforts to realize Him by speculative philosophy, one should prefer to hear about Him from the Śrīmad Bhagavad-gītā and later from the text of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. One should hear such discourses from a person Bhāgavatam and not from the professional man, or from the karmī, jñānī or yogī. That is the secret of learning the science. One does not need to be in the renounced order of life; he can remain in his present condition of life, but he must search out the association of a bona fide devotee of the Lord and hear from him the transcendental message of the Lord with faith and conviction. That is the path of the paramahaṁsa recommended herein. Amongst various holy names of the Lord, He is also called ajita, or one who can never be conquered by anyone else. Yet He can be conquered by the paramahaṁsa path, as practically realized and shown by the great spiritual master Lord Brahmā. Lord Brahmā has personally recommended this paramahaṁsa-panthāḥ in his own words as follows:

jñāne prayāsam udapāsya namanta eva jīvanti sanmukharitāṁ bhavadīya vārtām sthāne sthitāḥ śruti-gatāṁ tanu-vāṅ-manobhir ye prāyaśo ’jita jito ’py asi tais trilokyām

Lord Brahmā said, “O my Lord Kṛṣṇa, a devotee who abandons the path of empiric philosophical speculation aimed at merging in the existence of the Supreme and engages himself in hearing Your glories and activities from a bona fide sādhu, or saint, and who lives an honest life in the occupational engagement of his social life, can conquer Your sympathy and mercy even though You are ajita, or unconquerable.” ( Bhāg. 10.14.3 ) That is the path of the paramahaṁsas, which was personally followed by Lord Brahmā and later recommended by him for attaining perfect success in life.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The creator of the universe, Brahmā, filled with joy on seeing the Lord, with hair standing on end and tears in his eyes, offered respects to the feet of the Lord which are attained by the path of bhakti.
Commentary

The word paramahaṁsa refers to devotees. This is understood from verses such as:

kiṁ vā bhāgavatā dharma na prāyeṇa nirūpitāḥ priyāḥ paramahaṁsānāṁ ta eva hy acyuta-priyāḥ

This may be because I did not specifically point out the devotional service of the Lord, which is dear both to perfect beings and to the infallible Lord. SB 1.4.31

bhāgavata-paramahaṁsa-dayita-kathāṁ kiñcid antarāya-vihatāṁ svāṁ śivatamāṁ padavīṁ na prāyeṇa hinvanti

One who is attached to the nectarean honey of the Lord’s lotus feet, and whose mind is always absorbed in his glories, may sometimes be checked by some impediment, but he still never gives up the exalted position he has acquired. SB 5.1.5

The condition of such paramahaṁsas is called bhakti-yoga or pāramahaṁsya. The lotus feet of the Lord are attained by the path of bhakti-yoga. The Lord says bhaktyāham ekayā grāhyaḥ: I am attained by bhakti alone. (SB 11.14.21)

Related verses
Brahmā, seeing the Lord in His fullness, was overwhelmed — eyes full of tears, body bowed in ecstasy. That is the paramahaṁsa state: the highest perfection of a living being, free from malice toward the Lord.
Reflection Questions
  • When was the last time I was overwhelmed by anything spiritual?
  • What 'malice' toward the Personal Lord still survives in some hidden corner of my heart?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.19

↗
तं प्रीयमाणं समुपस्थितं कविं प्रजाविसर्गे निजशासनार्हणम् । बभाष ईषत्स्मितशोचिषा गिरा प्रिय: प्रियं प्रीतमना: करे स्पृशन् ॥ १९ ॥
taṁ prīyamāṇaṁ samupasthitaṁ kaviṁ
[tam preeyamaanam samupasthitam kavim]
prajā-visarge nija-śāsanārhaṇam
[prajaa-visarge nija-shaasanaarhanam]
babhāṣa īṣat-smita-śociṣā girā
[babhaasha eeshat-smita-shochishaa giraa]
priyaḥ priyaṁ prīta-manāḥ kare spṛśan
[priyah priyam preeta-manaah kare sprishan]
tam — unto Lord Brahmā prīyamāṇam — worthy of being dear samupasthitam — present before kavim — the great scholar prajā — living entities visarge — in the matter of creation nija — His own śāsana — control arhaṇam — just suitable babhāṣe — addressed īṣat — mild smita — smiling śociṣā — with enlightening girā — words priyaḥ — the beloved priyam — the counterpart of love prīta-manāḥ — being very much pleased kare — by the hand spṛśan — shaking.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
taṁ prīyamāṇaṁ samupasthitaṁ kaviṁ
tam
unto Lord Brahmā
prīyamāṇam
worthy of being dear
samupasthitam
present before
kavim
the great scholar
prajā-visarge nija-śāsanārhaṇam
prajā
living entities
visarge
in the matter of creation
nija
His own
śāsana
control
arhaṇam
just suitable
babhāṣa īṣat-smita-śociṣā girā
babhāṣe
addressed
īṣat
mild
smita
smiling
śociṣā
with enlightening
girā
words
priyaḥ priyaṁ prīta-manāḥ kare spṛśan
priyaḥ
the beloved
priyam
the counterpart of love
prīta-manāḥ
being very much pleased
kare
by the hand
spṛśan
shaking.
And seeing Brahmā present before Him, the Lord accepted him as worthy to create living beings, to be controlled as He desired, and thus being much satisfied with him, the Lord shook hands with Brahmā and, slightly smiling, addressed him thus.

The creation of the material world is not blind or accidental. The living entities who are ever conditioned, or nitya-baddha, are thus given a chance for liberation under the guidance of His own representative like Brahmā. The Lord instructs Brahmā in Vedic knowledge in order to diffuse this knowledge to the conditioned souls. The conditioned souls are forgetful souls in their relationship with the Lord, and thus a period of creation and the process of dissemination of Vedic knowledge are necessary activities of the Lord. Lord Brahmā has a great responsibility in delivering the conditioned souls, and therefore he is very dear to the Lord.

Brahmā also does his duty very perfectly, not only by generating the living entities but also by spreading his party for reclaiming the fallen souls. The party is called the Brahma sampradāya, and any member of this party to date is naturally engaged in reclaiming the fallen souls back to Godhead, back home. The Lord is very much anxious to get back His parts and parcels, as stated in the Bhagavad-gītā. No one is more dear than the one who takes the task of reclaiming the fallen souls back to Godhead.

There are many renegades from the Brahma sampradāya whose only business is to make men more forgetful of the Lord and thus entangle them more and more in material existence. Such persons are never dear to the Lord, and the Lord sends them deeper into the darkest region of matter so that such envious demons may not be able to know the Supreme Lord.

Anyone, however, preaching the mission of the Lord in the line of the Brahma sampradāya is always dear to the Lord, and the Lord, being satisfied with such a preacher of the authorized bhakti cult, shakes hands with him in great satisfaction.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The Lord, overjoyed, filled with prema for Brahmā, touching Brahmā with his hand because of his love for him, with words lit by a slight smile, spoke to Brahmā, who was filled with prema on seeing the Lord, and who was worthy of following the Lord’s command for creating the universe.
Commentary

Brahmā was fit to follow the orders of the Lord (nija-śāsanārhaṇam). The Lord’s words were lit with a slight smile.

The Lord accepted Brahmā as worthy and shook hands with him with a slight smile. The creation is not blind or accidental; it is a relational arrangement begun with the Lord shaking hands with His chosen servant.
Reflection Questions
  • Where do I doubt that my work is in relational arrangement with the Lord?
  • What does it look like in my day to be 'shaken hands with' for a role?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.20

↗
श्रीभगवानुवाच त्वयाहं तोषित: सम्यग् वेदगर्भ सिसृक्षया । चिरं भृतेन तपसा दुस्तोष: कूटयोगिनाम् ॥ २० ॥
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
[shree-bhagavaan uvaacha]
tvayāhaṁ toṣitaḥ samyag
[tvayaaham toshitah samyag]
veda-garbha sisṛkṣayā
[veda-garbha sisrikshayaa]
ciraṁ bhṛtena tapasā
[chiram bhritena tapasaa]
dustoṣaḥ kūṭa-yoginām
[dustoshah koota-yoginaam]
śrī-bhagavān uvāca — the all-beautiful Personality of Godhead said tvayā — by you aham — I am toṣitaḥ — pleased samyak — complete veda-garbha — impregnated with the Vedas sisṛkṣayā — for creating ciram — for a long time bhṛtena — accumulated tapasā — by penance dustoṣaḥ — very hard to please kūṭa-yoginām — for the pseudo mystics.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
the all-beautiful Personality of Godhead said
tvayāhaṁ toṣitaḥ samyag
tvayā
by you
aham
I am
toṣitaḥ
pleased
samyak
complete
veda-garbha sisṛkṣayā
veda-garbha
impregnated with the Vedas
sisṛkṣayā
for creating
ciraṁ bhṛtena tapasā
ciram
for a long time
bhṛtena
accumulated
tapasā
by penance
dustoṣaḥ kūṭa-yoginām
dustoṣaḥ
very hard to please
kūṭa-yoginām
for the pseudo mystics.
The beautiful Personality of Godhead addressed Lord Brahmā: O Brahmā, impregnated with the Vedas, I am very much pleased with your long-accumulated penance with the desire for creation. Hardly am I pleased with the pseudo mystics.

There are two kinds of penance: one for sense gratification and the other for self-realization. There are many pseudo mystics who undergo severe penances for their own satisfaction, and there are others who undergo severe penances for the satisfaction of the senses of the Lord. For example, the penances undertaken to discover nuclear weapons will never satisfy the Lord because such a penance is never satisfactory. By nature’s own way, everyone has to meet death, and if such a process of death is accelerated by anyone’s penances, there is no satisfaction for the Lord. The Lord wants every one of His parts and parcels to attain eternal life and bliss by coming home to Godhead, and the whole material creation is meant for that objective. Brahmā underwent severe penances for that purpose, namely to regulate the process of creation so that the Lord might be satisfied. Therefore the Lord was very much pleased with him, and for this Brahmā was impregnated with Vedic knowledge. The ultimate purpose of Vedic knowledge is to know the Lord and not to misuse the knowledge for any other purposes. Those who do not utilize Vedic knowledge for that purpose are known as kūṭa-yogīs, or pseudo transcendentalists who spoil their lives with ulterior motives.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The Lord said: O Brahmā! I am completely satisfied with you for performing long penance in order to carry out creation of the universe. I cannot be satisfied with the penances of the greatest of yogīs.
Commentary

Veda-garbha means that Brahmā, fully understanding the Vedas, imparts them to others. He had undertaken penance for a long time for creating the universe (sisṛkṣayā). The yogīs cannot satisfy me in the same way. Sadhryuk means samyak.

The Lord is pleased by penance aimed at His pleasure; He is not pleased by pseudo-mystic penance aimed at one's own power. Inventing weapons that accelerate death will never satisfy Him. Penance has a target — and the target matters.
Reflection Questions
  • Where is my discipline aimed at His pleasure versus my own power?
  • What discipline of mine, if redirected, would actually please Him?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.21

↗
वरं वरय भद्रं ते वरेशं माभिवाञ्छितम् । ब्रह्मञ्छ्रेय:परिश्राम: पुंसां मद्दर्शनावधि: ॥ २१ ॥
varaṁ varaya bhadraṁ te
[varam varaya bhadram te]
vareśaṁ mābhivāñchitam
[varesham maabhivaanchitam]
brahmaṣ chreyaḥ-pariśrāmaḥ
[brahmash chreyah-parishraamah]
puṁsāṁ mad-darśanāvadhiḥ
[pumsaam mad-darshanaavadhih]
varam — benediction varaya — just ask from bhadram — auspicious te — unto you vara-īśam — the giver of all benediction mā (mām) — from Me abhivāñchitam — wishing brahman — O Brahmā śreyaḥ — the ultimate success pariśrāmaḥ — for all penances puṁsām — for everyone mat — My darśana — realization avadhiḥ — up to the limit of.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
varaṁ varaya bhadraṁ te
varam
benediction
varaya
just ask from
bhadram
auspicious
te
unto you
vareśaṁ mābhivāñchitam
vara-īśam
the giver of all benediction
mā (mām)
from Me
abhivāñchitam
wishing
brahmaṣ chreyaḥ-pariśrāmaḥ
brahman
O Brahmā
śreyaḥ
the ultimate success
pariśrāmaḥ
for all penances
puṁsāṁ mad-darśanāvadhiḥ
puṁsām
for everyone
mat
My
darśana
realization
avadhiḥ
up to the limit of.
I wish you good luck. O Brahmā, you may ask from Me, the giver of all benediction, all that you may desire. You may know that the ultimate benediction, as the result of all penances, is to see Me by realization.

The ultimate realization of the Supreme Truth is knowing and seeing face to face the Personality of Godhead. Realization of the impersonal Brahman and localized Paramātmā features of the Personality of Godhead is not ultimate realization. When one realizes the Supreme Lord, one does not struggle hard to perform such penances. The next stage of life is to discharge devotional service to the Lord just to satisfy Him. In other words, one who has realized and seen the Supreme Lord has attained all perfection because everything is included in that highest perfectional stage. The impersonalists and the pseudo mystics, however, cannot reach this state.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
O Brahmā! All auspiciousness to you! Please ask your desired benediction from me, who can award all benedictions. Endeavors in the process of bhakti end in seeing me.
Commentary

Mā means mām. Ask for your desired object. Endeavors for gaining results from the best processes such as hearing and chanting culminate in seeing me. This is because my devotees do not accept any result other than seeing me.

Brahmā may ask for any benediction, but the Lord names the true benediction: to see Him by realization. Once you have actually seen Him, you don't need to ask for anything else. Everything is included.
Reflection Questions
  • What lesser benedictions am I asking for that I'd give up if I had His sight?
  • Am I willing to stop asking and start practicing to actually see?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.22

↗
मनीषितानुभावोऽयं मम लोकावलोकनम् । यदुपश्रुत्य रहसि चकर्थ परमं तप: ॥ २२ ॥
manīṣitānubhāvo ’yaṁ
[maneeshitaanubhaavo ’yam]
mama lokāvalokanam
[mama lokaavalokanam]
yad upaśrutya rahasi
[yad upashrutya rahasi]
cakartha paramaṁ tapaḥ
[chakartha paramam tapah]
manīṣita — ingenuity anubhāvaḥ — perception ayam — this mama — My loka — abode avalokanam — seeing by actual experience yat — because upaśrutya — hearing rahasi — in great penance cakartha — having performed paramam — highest tapaḥ — penance.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
manīṣitānubhāvo ’yaṁ
manīṣita
ingenuity
anubhāvaḥ
perception
ayam
this
mama lokāvalokanam
mama
My
loka
abode
avalokanam
seeing by actual experience
yad upaśrutya rahasi
yat
because
upaśrutya
hearing
rahasi
in great penance
cakartha paramaṁ tapaḥ
cakartha
having performed
paramam
highest
tapaḥ
penance.
The highest perfectional ingenuity is the personal perception of My abodes, and this has been possible because of your submissive attitude in the performance of severe penance according to My order.

The highest perfectional stage of life is to know the Lord by actual perception, by the grace of the Lord. This can be attained by everyone who is willing to discharge the act of devotional service to the Lord as enjoined in the revealed scriptures that are standard and accepted by the bona fide ācāryas, spiritual masters. For example, the Bhagavad-gītā is the approved Vedic literature accepted by all the great ācāryas, such as Śaṅkara, Rāmānuja, Madhva, Caitanya, Viśvanātha, Baladeva, Siddhānta Sarasvatī and many others. In that Bhagavad-gītā the Personality of Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa, asks that one always be mindful of Him, always be His devotee, always worship Him only, and always bow down before the Lord. And by doing so one is sure to go back home, back to Godhead, without any doubt. In other places also the same order is there, that one give up all other engagements and fully surrender unto the Lord without hesitation. And the Lord will give such a devotee all protection. These are the secrets of attaining the highest perfectional stage. Lord Brahmā exactly followed these principles without any superiority complex, and thus he attained the highest perfectional stage of experiencing the abode of the Lord and the Lord Himself with all His paraphernalia. Impersonal realization of the effulgence of the Lord’s body is not the highest perfectional stage, nor is the stage of Paramātmā realization. The word manīṣita is significant. Everyone is falsely or factually proud of his so-called learning. But the Lord says that the highest perfectional stage of learning is to know Him and His abode, devoid of all illusion.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Seeing my planet reveals all knowledge. Also by my mercy, you previously heard my instructions when you were all alone and performed the greatest austerity.
Commentary

Seeing my planet, rather than study of scriptures, reveals wisdom (manīṣitā). Not only now do I have affection for you, but previously also. I spoke the words tapa tapa. All alone, hearing those words, you performed the greatest austerity.

Personal perception of the Lord's abodes is the highest perfection — and it became possible because of Brahmā's submissive attitude. Submission, not cleverness, opens the door to direct perception.
Reflection Questions
  • Where am I trying to be clever when I should be submissive?
  • What single act of submission this week could begin to open direct perception?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.23

↗
प्रत्यादिष्टं मया तत्र त्वयि कर्मविमोहिते । तपो मे हृदयं साक्षादात्माहं तपसोऽनघ ॥ २३ ॥
pratyādiṣṭaṁ mayā tatra
[pratyaadishtam mayaa tatra]
tvayi karma-vimohite
[tvayi karma-vimohite]
tapo me hṛdayaṁ sākṣād
[tapo me hridayam saakshaad]
ātmāhaṁ tapaso ’nagha
[aatmaaham tapaso ’nagha]
pratyādiṣṭam — ordered mayā — by Me tatra — because of tvayi — unto you karma — duty vimohite — being perplexed tapaḥ — penance me — Me hṛdayam — heart sākṣāt — directly ātmā — life and soul aham — Myself tapasaḥ — of one who is engaged in penance anagha — O sinless one.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
pratyādiṣṭaṁ mayā tatra
pratyādiṣṭam
ordered
mayā
by Me
tatra
because of
tvayi karma-vimohite
tvayi
unto you
karma
duty
vimohite
being perplexed
tapo me hṛdayaṁ sākṣād
tapaḥ
penance
me
Me
hṛdayam
heart
sākṣāt
directly
ātmāhaṁ tapaso ’nagha
ātmā
life and soul
aham
Myself
tapasaḥ
of one who is engaged in penance
anagha
O sinless one.
O sinless Brahmā, you may know from Me that it was I who first ordered you to undergo penance when you were perplexed in your duty. Such penance is My heart and soul, and therefore penance and I are nondifferent.

The penance by which one can see the Personality of Godhead face to face is to be understood as devotional service to the Lord and nothing else because only by discharging devotional service in transcendental love can one approach the Lord. Such penance is the internal potency of the Lord and is nondifferent from Him. Such acts of internal potency are exhibited by nonattachment for material enjoyment. The living entities are encaged in the conditions of material bondage because of their propensity for overlordship. But by engagement in the devotional service of the Lord one becomes detached from this enjoying spirit. The devotees automatically become detached from worldly enjoyment, and this detachment is the result of perfect knowledge. Therefore the penance of devotional service includes knowledge and detachment, and that is the manifestation of the transcendental potency.

One cannot enjoy material, illusory prosperity if he desires to return home, back to Godhead. One who has no information of the transcendental bliss in the association of the Lord foolishly desires to enjoy this temporary material happiness. In the Caitanya-caritāmṛta it is said that if someone sincerely wants to see the Lord and at the same time wants to enjoy this material world, he is considered to be a fool only. One who wants to remain here in the material world for material enjoyment has no business entering into the eternal kingdom of God. The Lord favors such a foolish devotee by snatching all that he may possess in the material world. If such a foolish devotee of the Lord tries to recoup his position, then the merciful Lord again snatches away all that he may have possessed. By such repeated failures in material prosperity he becomes very unpopular with his family members and friends. In the material world the family members and friends honor persons who are very successful in accumulating wealth by any means. The foolish devotee of the Lord is thus put into forcible penance by the grace of the Lord, and at the end the devotee becomes perfectly happy, being engaged in the service of the Lord. Therefore penance in devotional service of the Lord, either by voluntary submission or by being forced by the Lord, is necessary for attaining perfection, and thus such penance is the internal potency of the Lord.

One cannot, however, be engaged in the penance of devotional service without being completely free from all sins. As stated in the Bhagavad-gītā, only a person who is completely free from all reactions of sins can engage himself in the worship of the Lord. Brahmājī was sinless, and therefore he faithfully discharged the advice of the Lord, “ tapa, tapa, ” and the Lord, being satisfied with him, awarded him the desired result. Therefore only love and penance combined can please the Lord, and thus one is able to attain His complete mercy. He directs the sinless, and the sinless devotee attains the highest perfection of life.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Those words were spoken by me when you were bewildered about how to create the universe in the beginning. O sinless Brahmā! Austerity for attaining me is my heart, and I am the soul of that austerity.
Commentary

I only spoke instructions to you. When? I spoke at the beginning of creation (tatra) when you where bewildered about what to do. Austerity indeed is my śakti. It is my heart. This means that I desire that the jīva give up enjoyment of material life, since that is favorable for bhakti. Yasyāham anugṛhṇāmi hariṣye tad-dhanaṁ śanaiḥ: I will gradually take away the wealth from the person to whom I show mercy. (SB 10.88.8) These words are well known. If that austerity is performed for attaining me, it is my heart, but not otherwise. Without me as the goal, austerity is without life, like a corpse. This is true for the materialists who perform austerity with a desire for material pleasure. Even though you have performed austerity with a desire to create the universe, because I have inspired that desire, and that austerity is pleasing to me, it is actually performed without desire. Thus I have showed you my planet.

Related verses
The Lord Himself ordered Brahmā to do penance when he was perplexed; that penance is the Lord's own heart and soul — nondifferent from Him. Devotional service is His internal potency, not a separate human invention.
Reflection Questions
  • Where am I treating devotional service as my project rather than His potency working through me?
  • How does it free me to know my penance is nondifferent from Him?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.24

↗
सृजामि तपसैवेदं ग्रसामि तपसा पुन: । बिभर्मि तपसा विश्वं वीर्यं मे दुश्चरं तप: ॥ २४ ॥
sṛjāmi tapasaivedaṁ
[srijaami tapasaivedam]
grasāmi tapasā punaḥ
[grasaami tapasaa punah]
bibharmi tapasā viśvaṁ
[bibharmi tapasaa vishvam]
vīryaṁ me duścaraṁ tapaḥ
[veeryam me dushcharam tapah]
sṛjāmi — I create tapasā — by the same energy of penance eva — certainly idam — this grasāmi tapasā — I do withdraw also by the same energy punaḥ — again bibharmi — do maintain tapasā — by penance viśvam — the cosmos vīryam — potency me — My duścaram — severe tapaḥ — penance.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
sṛjāmi tapasaivedaṁ
sṛjāmi
I create
tapasā
by the same energy of penance
eva
certainly
idam
this
grasāmi tapasā punaḥ
grasāmi tapasā
I do withdraw also by the same energy
punaḥ
again
bibharmi tapasā viśvaṁ
bibharmi
do maintain
tapasā
by penance
viśvam
the cosmos
vīryaṁ me duścaraṁ tapaḥ
vīryam
potency
me
My
duścaram
severe
tapaḥ
penance.
I create this cosmos by such penance, I maintain it by the same energy, and I withdraw it all by the same energy. Therefore the potency is penance only.

In executing penance, one must be determined to return home, back to Godhead, and must decide to undergo all types of tribulations for that end. Even for material prosperity and name and fame one has to undergo severe types of penances, otherwise no one can become an important figure in this material world. Why, then, should there not be severe types of penances for the perfection of devotional service? An easygoing life and attainment of perfection in transcendental realization cannot go together. The Lord is more clever than any living entity; therefore He wants to see how painstaking the devotee is in devotional service. The order is received from the Lord, either directly or through the bona fide spiritual master, and to execute that order, however painstaking, is the severe type of penance. One who follows the principle rigidly is sure to achieve success in attaining the Lord’s mercy.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
By austerity I create, destroy and maintain the universe again and again. My power arises from intense austerity.
Commentary

I am always a performer of austerity, since I renounce material enjoyment, being the master of the spiritual hlādinī-śakti. That is stated in this verse. It also indicates that from this detachment arises my ability to create and destroy the worlds.

He creates, maintains, and withdraws the cosmos by the same energy — penance. Even for material name and fame people undergo severe austerity; why imagine spiritual perfection comes from easygoing comfort? Hard work and devotion belong together.
Reflection Questions
  • Where am I expecting spiritual perfection on an easygoing schedule?
  • What discipline am I unwilling to undertake that the Lord would happily see me try?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.25

↗
ब्रह्मोवाच भगवन् सर्वभूतानामध्यक्षोऽवस्थितो गुहाम् । वेद ह्यप्रतिरुद्धेन प्रज्ञानेन चिकीर्षितम् ॥ २५ ॥
brahmovāca
[brahmovaacha]
bhagavan sarva-bhūtānām
[bhagavan sarva-bhootaanaam]
adhyakṣo ’vasthito guhām
[adhyaksho ’vasthito guhaam]
veda hy apratiruddhena
[veda hy apratiruddhena]
prajñānena cikīrṣitam
[prajnaanena chikeershitam]
brahmā uvāca — Lord Brahmā said bhagavan — O my Lord sarva-bhūtānām — of all living entities adhyakṣaḥ — director avasthitaḥ — situated guhām — within the heart veda — know hi — certainly apratiruddhena — without hindrance prajñānena — by superintelligence cikīrṣitam — endeavors.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
brahmovāca
brahmā uvāca
Lord Brahmā said
bhagavan sarva-bhūtānām
bhagavan
O my Lord
sarva-bhūtānām
of all living entities
adhyakṣo ’vasthito guhām
adhyakṣaḥ
director
avasthitaḥ
situated
guhām
within the heart
veda hy apratiruddhena
veda
know
hi
certainly
apratiruddhena
without hindrance
prajñānena cikīrṣitam
prajñānena
by superintelligence
cikīrṣitam
endeavors.
Lord Brahmā said: O Personality of Godhead, You are situated in every living entity’s heart as the supreme director, and therefore You are aware of all endeavors by Your superior intelligence, without any hindrance whatsoever.

The Bhagavad-gītā confirms that the Lord is situated in everyone’s heart as the witness, and as such He is the supreme director of sanction. The director is not the enjoyer of the fruits of action, for without the Lord’s sanction no one can enjoy. For example, in a prohibited area a habituated drunkard puts forward his application to the director of drinking, and the director, considering his case, sanctions only a certain amount of liquor for drinking. Similarly, the whole material world is full of many drunkards, in the sense that each and every one of the living entities has something in his mind to enjoy, and everyone desires the fulfillment of his desires very strongly. The almighty Lord, being very kind to the living entity, as the father is kind to the son, fulfills the living entity’s desire for his childish satisfaction. With such desires in mind, the living entity does not actually enjoy, but he serves the bodily whims unnecessarily, without profit. The drunkard does not derive any profit out of drinking, but because he has become a servant of the drinking habit and does not wish to get out of it, the merciful Lord gives him all facilities to fulfill such desires.

The impersonalists recommend that one should become desireless, and others recommend banishing desires altogether. That is impossible; no one can banish desires altogether because desiring is the living symptom. Without having desires a living entity would be dead, which he is not. Therefore, living conditions and desire go together. Perfection of desires may be achieved when one desires to serve the Lord, and the Lord also desires that every living entity banish all personal desires and cooperate with His desires. That is the last instruction of the Bhagavad-gītā. Brahmājī agreed to this proposal, and therefore he is given the responsible post of creating generations in the vacant universe. Oneness with the Lord therefore consists of dovetailing one’s desires with the desires of the Supreme Lord. That makes for the perfection of all desires.

The Lord, as the Supersoul in the heart of every living being, knows what is in the mind of each living entity, and no one can do anything without the knowledge of the Lord within. By His superior intelligence, the Lord gives everyone the chance to fulfill his desires to the fullest extent, and the resultant reaction is also awarded by the Lord.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Brahmā said: O Supreme Lord! You, the controller of all beings, are situated in their intelligence. You know what all beings desire to do by unimpaired intelligence.
Commentary

Guhām stands for guhāyām and means “in the intelligence.” Veda stands for vettha “you know.”

The Lord seated in every heart knows all our endeavors without hindrance. He is the witness and the supreme director — no one enjoys without His sanction. Even the habituated drunkard receives only what is sanctioned.
Reflection Questions
  • How does knowing He sees all my inner endeavors change my private life?
  • Where am I striving for an enjoyment I haven't actually been sanctioned for?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.26

↗
तथापि नाथमानस्य नाथ नाथय नाथितम् । परावरे यथा रूपे जानीयां ते त्वरूपिण: ॥ २६ ॥
tathāpi nāthamānasya
[tathaapi naathamaanasya]
nātha nāthaya nāthitam
[naatha naathaya naathitam]
parāvare yathā rūpe
[paraavare yathaa roope]
jānīyāṁ te tv arūpiṇaḥ
[jaaneeyaam te tv aroopinah]
tathā api — in spite of that nāthamānasya — of the one who is asking for nātha — O Lord nāthaya — please award nāthitam — as it is desired para-avare — in the matter of mundane and transcendental yathā — as it is rūpe — in the form jānīyām — may it be known te — Your tu — but arūpiṇaḥ — one who is formless.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tathāpi nāthamānasya
tathā api
in spite of that
nāthamānasya
of the one who is asking for
nātha nāthaya nāthitam
nātha
O Lord
nāthaya
please award
nāthitam
as it is desired
parāvare yathā rūpe
para-avare
in the matter of mundane and transcendental
yathā
as it is
rūpe
in the form
jānīyāṁ te tv arūpiṇaḥ
jānīyām
may it be known
te
Your
tu
but
arūpiṇaḥ
one who is formless.
In spite of that, my Lord, I am praying to You to kindly fulfill my desire. May I please be informed how, in spite of Your transcendental form, You assume the mundane form, although You have no such form at all.
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
O master! Please bestow what is requested to me, who am requesting, so that I can understand the spiritual and material forms of you who have no material form.
Commentary

O master (nātha), please grant (nāthaya) what is requested (nāthitam) by me, who am requesting (nāthamānasya). Nāthamānasya can also mean “of me, undergoing penance.” Brahmā then explains what he is requesting. Make me such that I can understand your subtle and gross form.

Brahmā asks: how does the Lord, who is fully transcendental, assume a mundane form when He has no such material form at all? It's a question worth asking — how does the Eternal enter the temporary without ceasing to be eternal?
Reflection Questions
  • Have I asked how He can be fully transcendental and yet enter my world?
  • What does His way of entering matter teach me about how I should engage with matter?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.27

↗
यथात्ममायायोगेन नानाशक्त्युपबृंहितम् । विलुम्पन् विसृजन् गृह्णन् बिभ्रदात्मानमात्मना ॥ २७ ॥
yathātma-māyā-yogena
[yathaatma-maayaa-yogena]
nānā-śakty-upabṛṁhitam
[naanaa-shakty-upabrimhitam]
vilumpan visṛjan gṛhṇan
[vilumpan visrijan grihnan]
bibhrad ātmānam ātmanā
[bibhrad aatmaanam aatmanaa]
yathā — as much as ātma — own māyā — potency yogena — by combination nānā — various śakti — energy upabṛṁhitam — by combination and permutation vilumpan — in the matter of annihilation visṛjan — in the matter of generation gṛhṇan — in the matter of acceptance bibhrat — in the matter of maintenance ātmānam — own self ātmanā — by the self.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yathātma-māyā-yogena
yathā
as much as
ātma
own
māyā
potency
yogena
by combination
nānā-śakty-upabṛṁhitam
nānā
various
śakti
energy
upabṛṁhitam
by combination and permutation
vilumpan visṛjan gṛhṇan
vilumpan
in the matter of annihilation
visṛjan
in the matter of generation
gṛhṇan
in the matter of acceptance
bibhrad ātmānam ātmanā
bibhrat
in the matter of maintenance
ātmānam
own self
ātmanā
by the self.
And [please inform me] how You, by Your own Self, manifest different energies for annihilation, generation, acceptance and maintenance by combination and permutation.

The whole manifestation is the Lord Himself by diffusion of His different energies only, namely the internal, external and marginal, just as the sunlight is the manifestation of the energy of the sun planet. Such energy is simultaneously one with and different from the Lord, just as the sunshine is simultaneously one with and different from the sun planet. The energies are acting by combination and permutation by the indication of the Lord, and the acting agents, like Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Śiva, are also different incarnations of the Lord. In other words, there is nothing but the Lord, and still the Lord is different from all such manifestive activities. How it is so will be explained later on.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
O Lord whose desire is never obstructed! O Mādhava! Destroying, creating, and maintaining the material world composed of various energies by your material energy, and, manifesting your spiritual form by your own power, you perform pastimes, just as a spider creates a web. And by your spiritual energy, by hiding or manifesting various forms and maintaining those forms for your devotees, you perform pastimes, like a spider making a web. Give me the intelligence to understand how you do this.
Commentary

Ātma-māyā-yogena means “by your external energy and by your yoga-māyā potency.” The two items are expressed within this one phrase. By the external energy you destroy and create with variety (visṛjan) the universe endowed with dravya, jñāna and kriyā śaktis and maintain it also. By yourself you manifest your svarūpa (ātmānam gṛhṇan) and perform pastimes, just as a spider creates an extended web (ūrṇute). With your yoga-māyā potency, even within the material world, you accept yourself (ātmānam), the real substance, filled with various energies such as the hlādinī-śakti, by yourself, since you are the highest perfection. By yoga-māyā, the internal energy, you slightly decrease that form (vilumpan), hiding it from some devotees, and sometimes manifest it in a variety of ways (visṛjan). And maintaining (bibhrat) that appearance for some time, you perform pastimes. The example of the spider is material, but thus in both cases, one should understand that it indicates that the Lord is the independent cause of all actions, spiritual and material. Let me know all about māyā, yoga-māyā and what is produced by each (mayi dhehi).

By His own Self the Lord manifests different energies for annihilation, generation, acceptance, and maintenance — by combination and permutation. He is one with His energies yet also distinct, as the sun is with its sunlight.
Reflection Questions
  • Do I confuse the Lord with His energies, or do I separate them too sharply?
  • How could 'one and yet different' steady my view of how He runs my life?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.28

↗
क्रीडस्यमोघसङ्कल्प ऊर्णनाभिर्यथोर्णुते । तथा तद्विषयां धेहि मनीषां मयि माधव ॥ २८ ॥
krīḍasy amogha-saṅkalpa
[kreedasy amogha-sankalpa]
ūrṇanābhir yathorṇute
[oornanaabhir yathornute]
tathā tad-viṣayāṁ dhehi
[tathaa tad-vishayaam dhehi]
manīṣāṁ mayi mādhava
[maneeshaam mayi maadhava]
krīḍasi — as You play amogha — infallible saṅkalpa — determination ūrṇanābhiḥ — the spider yathā — as much as ūrṇute — covers tathā — so and so tat-viṣayām — in the subject of all those dhehi — do let me know manīṣām — philosophically mayi — unto me mādhava — O master of all energies.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
krīḍasy amogha-saṅkalpa
krīḍasi
as You play
amogha
infallible
saṅkalpa
determination
ūrṇanābhir yathorṇute
ūrṇanābhiḥ
the spider
yathā
as much as
ūrṇute
covers
tathā tad-viṣayāṁ dhehi
tathā
so and so
tat-viṣayām
in the subject of all those
dhehi
do let me know
manīṣāṁ mayi mādhava
manīṣām
philosophically
mayi
unto me
mādhava
O master of all energies.
O master of all energies, please tell me philosophically all about them. You play like a spider that covers itself by its own energy, and Your determination is infallible.

By the inconceivable energy of the Lord, every creative element has its own potencies, known as the potency of the element, potency of knowledge and potency of different actions and reactions. By a combination of such potencies of the Lord there is the manifestation of creation, maintenance and annihilation in due course of time and by different agents like Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśvara. Brahmā creates, Viṣṇu maintains, and Lord Śiva destroys. But all such agents and creative energies are emanations from the Lord, and as such, there is nothing except the Lord, or the one supreme source of different diversities. The exact example is the spider and spider’s web. The web is created by the spider, and it is maintained by the spider, and as soon as the spider likes, the whole thing is wound up within the spider. The spider is covered within the web. If an insignificant spider is so powerful as to act according to its will, why can’t the Supreme Being act by His supreme will in the creation, maintenance and destruction of the cosmic manifestations? By the grace of the Lord, a devotee like Brahmā, or one in his chain of disciplic succession, can understand the almighty Personality of Godhead eternally engaged in His transcendental pastimes in the region of different energies.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
O Lord whose desire is never obstructed! O Mādhava! Destroying, creating, and maintaining the material world composed of various energies by your material energy, and, manifesting your spiritual form by your own power, you perform pastimes, just as a spider creates a web. And by your spiritual energy, by hiding or manifesting various forms and maintaining those forms for your devotees, you perform pastimes, like a spider making a web. Give me the intelligence to understand how you do this.
Commentary

Ātma-māyā-yogena means “by your external energy and by your yoga-māyā potency.” The two items are expressed within this one phrase. By the external energy you destroy and create with variety (visṛjan) the universe endowed with dravya, jñāna and kriyā śaktis and maintain it also. By yourself you manifest your svarūpa (ātmānam gṛhṇan) and perform pastimes, just as a spider creates an extended web (ūrṇute). With your yoga-māyā potency, even within the material world, you accept yourself (ātmānam), the real substance, filled with various energies such as the hlādinī-śakti, by yourself, since you are the highest perfection. By yoga-māyā, the internal energy, you slightly decrease that form (vilumpan), hiding it from some devotees, and sometimes manifest it in a variety of ways (visṛjan). And maintaining (bibhrat) that appearance for some time, you perform pastimes. The example of the spider is material, but thus in both cases, one should understand that it indicates that the Lord is the independent cause of all actions, spiritual and material. Let me know all about māyā, yoga-māyā and what is produced by each (mayi dhehi).

The Lord plays like a spider with its own web — covering and uncovering Himself by His own energy with infallible determination. Creation is not improvised; it is unfolded by precise inner potencies.
Reflection Questions
  • What in my life looks like random unfolding but might be His precise web?
  • Where could I trust His infallible determination and stop micromanaging?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.29

↗
भगवच्छिक्षितमहं करवाणि ह्यतन्द्रित: । नेहमान: प्रजासर्गं बध्येयं यदनुग्रहात् ॥ २९ ॥
bhagavac-chikṣitam ahaṁ
[bhagavach-chikshitam aham]
karavāṇi hy atandritaḥ
[karavaani hy atandritah]
nehamānaḥ prajā-sargaṁ
[nehamaanah prajaa-sargam]
badhyeyaṁ yad-anugrahāt
[badhyeyam yad-anugrahaat]
bhagavat — by the Personality of Godhead śikṣitam — taught aham — myself karavāṇi — by acting hi — certainly atandritaḥ — instrumental na — never ihamānaḥ — although acting prajā-sargam — generation of the living entities badhyeyam — be conditioned yat — as a matter of fact anugrahāt — by the mercy of.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
bhagavac-chikṣitam ahaṁ
bhagavat
by the Personality of Godhead
śikṣitam
taught
aham
myself
karavāṇi hy atandritaḥ
karavāṇi
by acting
hi
certainly
atandritaḥ
instrumental
nehamānaḥ prajā-sargaṁ
na
never
ihamānaḥ
although acting
prajā-sargam
generation of the living entities
badhyeyaṁ yad-anugrahāt
badhyeyam
be conditioned
yat
as a matter of fact
anugrahāt
by the mercy of.
Please tell me so that I may be taught in the matter by the instruction of the Personality of Godhead and may thus act instrumentally to generate living entities, without being conditioned by such activities.

Brahmājī does not want to become a speculator dependent on the strength of his personal knowledge and conditioned to material bondage. Everyone should know in clear consciousness that one is, in the execution of all activities, an instrument. A conditioned soul is instrumental in the hands of the external energy, guṇamayī māyā, or the illusory energy of the Lord, and in the liberated stage the living entity is instrumental to the will of the Personality of Godhead directly. To be instrumental to the direct will of the Lord is the natural constitutional position of the living entity, whereas to be an instrument in the hands of the illusory energy of the Lord is material bondage for the living entity. In that conditioned state, the living entity speculates on the Absolute Truth and His different activities. But in the unconditioned stage the living entity directly receives knowledge from the Lord, and such a liberated soul acts flawlessly, without any speculative habit. The Bhagavad-gītā (10.10-11) confirms emphatically that the pure devotees, who are constantly engaged in the loving transcendental service of the Lord, are directly advised by the Lord, so much so that the devotee unwaveringly makes progress on the path home, back to Godhead. Pure devotees of the Lord are therefore not proud of their definite progress, whereas the nondevotee speculator is in the darkness of illusory energy and is very much proud of his misleading knowledge based on speculation without any definite path. Lord Brahmā wanted to be saved from that pitfall of pride, although he was posted in the most exalted position within the universe.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Without lethargy may I carry out instructions on how to worship you as given by you, because by your mercy alone I will not be bound by false ego when I carry out the creation.
Commentary

May I carry out instructions given by the Lord. Since you are my guru, please give me, your disciple, some instructions on how to worship you, because by your mercy, though I carry out creation of the offspring, I should not be bound by false ego.

Brahmā doesn't want to act as a speculator on his own strength; he asks to be taught so he can act instrumentally. Our natural position is as instrument of the Lord's direct will, not as instrument of māyā.
Reflection Questions
  • Whose instrument am I currently — the Lord's will, or māyā's?
  • What teaching would I have to receive to act as a real instrument rather than a self-driven planner?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.30

↗
यावत् सखा सख्युरिवेश ते कृत: प्रजाविसर्गे विभजामि भो जनम् । अविक्लवस्ते परिकर्मणि स्थितो मा मे समुन्नद्धमदोऽजमानिन: ॥ ३० ॥
yāvat sakhā sakhyur iveśa te kṛtaḥ
[yaavat sakhaa sakhyur ivesha te kritah]
prajā-visarge vibhajāmi bho janam
[prajaa-visarge vibhajaami bho janam]
aviklavas te parikarmaṇi sthito
[aviklavas te parikarmani sthito]
mā me samunnaddha-mado ’ja māninaḥ
[maa me samunnaddha-mado ’ja maaninah]
yāvat — as it is sakhā — friend sakhyuḥ — unto the friend iva — like that īśa — O Lord te — You kṛtaḥ — have accepted prajā — the living entities visarge — in the matter of creation vibhajāmi — as I shall do it differently bhoḥ — O my Lord janam — those who are born aviklavaḥ — without being perturbed te — Your parikarmaṇi — in the matter of service sthitaḥ — thus situated mā — may it never be me — unto me samunnaddha — resulting arise madaḥ — madness aja — O unborn one māninaḥ — thus being thought of.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yāvat sakhā sakhyur iveśa te kṛtaḥ
yāvat
as it is
sakhā
friend
sakhyuḥ
unto the friend
iva
like that
prajā-visarge vibhajāmi bho janam
īśa
O Lord
aviklavas te parikarmaṇi sthito
te
You
kṛtaḥ
have accepted
prajā
the living entities
visarge
in the matter of creation
vibhajāmi
as I shall do it differently
bhoḥ
O my Lord
mā me samunnaddha-mado ’ja māninaḥ
janam
those who are born
aviklavaḥ
without being perturbed
te
Your
parikarmaṇi
in the matter of service
sthitaḥ
thus situated
mā
may it never be
me
unto me
samunnaddha
resulting arise
madaḥ
madness
aja
O unborn one
māninaḥ
thus being thought of.
O my Lord, the unborn, You have shaken hands with me just as a friend does with a friend [as if equal in position]. I shall be engaged in the creation of different types of living entities, and I shall be occupied in Your service. I shall have no perturbation, but I pray that all this may not give rise to pride, as if I were the Supreme.

Lord Brahmā is definitely situated in the humor of friendship with the Lord. Every living being is eternally related with the Personality of Godhead in one of five different transcendental humors, namely śānta, dāsya, sakhya, vātsalya and mādhurya. We have already discussed these five kinds of humors in relationship with the Personality of Godhead. It is clearly exhibited herein that Lord Brahmā is related to the Personality of Godhead in the transcendental humor of friendship. A pure devotee may be related with the Lord in any one of the transcendental humors, even in the humor of parenthood, but the devotee of the Lord is always a transcendental servitor. No one is equal to or greater than the Lord. That is the version of the Bhagavad-gītā. Brahmājī, although eternally related with the Lord in the transcendental humor of friendship, and although entrusted with the most exalted post of creating different grades of living entities, is still conscious of his position, that he is neither the Supreme Lord nor supremely powerful. It is possible that some extremely powerful personality, within or without the universe, may sometimes show more power than the Lord Himself. Still the pure devotee knows that this power is a vibhūti delegated by the Lord, and such a delegated powerful living entity is never independent. Śrī Hanumānjī crossed the Indian Ocean by jumping over the sea, and Lord Śrī Rāmacandra engaged Himself in marching over the bridge, but this does not mean that Hanumānjī was more powerful than the Lord. Sometimes the Lord gives extraordinary powers to His devotee, but the devotee knows always that the power belongs to the Personality of Godhead and that the devotee is only an instrument. The pure devotee is never puffed up like the nondevotee class of men who falsely think that they are God. It is astonishing to see how a person who is being kicked by the laws of the Lord’s illusory energy at every step can falsely think of becoming one with the Lord. Such thinking is the last snare of the illusory energy offered to the conditioned soul. The first illusion is that he wants to become Lord of the material world by accumulating wealth and power, but when he is frustrated in that attempt he wants to be one with the Lord. So both becoming the most powerful man in the material world and desiring to become one with the Lord are different illusory snares. And because the pure devotees of the Lord are surrendered souls, they are above the illusory snares of māyā. Because Lord Brahmā is a pure devotee, even though the first dominating deity in the material world and therefore able to do many wonderful things, he would never, like the nondevotee with a poor fund of knowledge, have the audacity to think of becoming one with the Lord. People with a poor fund of knowledge should take lessons from Brahmā when they are puffed up with the false notion of becoming God.

Factually Lord Brahmā does not create the living entities. In the beginning of the creation he is empowered to give different bodily shapes to the living entities according to their work during the last millennium. Brahmājī’s duty is just to wake the living entities from their slumber and to engage them in their proper duty. The different grades of living entities are not created by Brahmājī by his capricious whims, but he is entrusted with the task of giving the living entities different grades of body so that they can work accordingly. And still he is conscious that he is only instrumental, so that he may not think of himself as the Supreme Powerful Lord.

Devotees of the Lord are engaged in the specific duty offered by the Lord, and such duties are successfully carried out without hindrance because they are ordained by the Lord. The credit of success goes not to the doer but to the Lord. But persons with a poor fund of knowledge take the credit of success into their own accounts and give nothing to the credit of the Lord. That is the symptom of the nondevotee class of men.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
I have been treated by you as a friend treats a friend. O Lord! As long as my tenure lasts, without lethargy, being situated in your service, I will create various types of living entities in the matter of carrying out creation. May I not be overcome by excessive pride in this endeavor.
Commentary

Brahmā, revealing his desire, prays to the Lord. O Lord! You have treated me as a friend treats a friend, by touching me with your hand, though I am just a shadow of a servant! May I attain bhakti with a feeling of friendship! O Lord (bho)! As long as I live, while creating the bodies of the living entities, I will create divisions of high, medium and low, while being situated with attention (aviklavaḥ) in serving you. May I not become overcome with excessive pride. The extent of Brahmā’s life is expressed by yāvad-adhikāram avasthitir ādhikārikāṇām: those who hold powers in this world as controllers remain in this world until their tenure has expired. (Brahma-sūtra 3.3.33)

Brahmā prays that even being shaken hands with as a friend should not give rise to pride, as if he were the Supreme. The greatest danger of intimacy with the Lord is forgetting that He is still Supreme.
Reflection Questions
  • Where has spiritual intimacy quietly inflated my sense of importance?
  • What practice keeps me from confusing being befriended with being equal?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.31

↗
श्रीभगवानुवाच ज्ञानं परमगुह्यं मे यद् विज्ञानसमन्वितम् । सरहस्यं तदङ्गं च गृहाण गदितं मया ॥ ३१ ॥
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
[shree-bhagavaan uvaacha]
jñānaṁ parama-guhyaṁ me
[jnaanam parama-guhyam me]
yad vijñāna-samanvitam
[yad vijnaana-samanvitam]
sarahasyaṁ tad-aṅgaṁ ca
[sarahasyam tad-angam cha]
gṛhāṇa gaditaṁ mayā
[grihaana gaditam mayaa]
śrī-bhagavān uvāca — the Personality of Godhead said jñānam — knowledge acquired parama — extremely guhyam — confidential me — of Me yat — which is vijñāna — realization samanvitam — coordinated sa-rahasyam — with devotional service tat — of that aṅgam ca — necessary paraphernalia gṛhāṇa — just try to take up gaditam — explained mayā — by Me.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
śrī-bhagavān uvāca
the Personality of Godhead said
jñānaṁ parama-guhyaṁ me
jñānam
knowledge acquired
parama
extremely
guhyam
confidential
me
of Me
yad vijñāna-samanvitam
yat
which is
vijñāna
realization
samanvitam
coordinated
sarahasyaṁ tad-aṅgaṁ ca
sa-rahasyam
with devotional service
tat
of that
aṅgam ca
necessary paraphernalia
gṛhāṇa gaditaṁ mayā
gṛhāṇa
just try to take up
gaditam
explained
mayā
by Me.
The Personality of Godhead said: Knowledge about Me as described in the scriptures is very confidential, and it has to be realized in conjunction with devotional service. The necessary paraphernalia for that process is being explained by Me. You may take it up carefully.

Lord Brahmā is the topmost devotee of the Lord within the universe, and therefore the Personality of Godhead replied to his four principal inquiries in four important statements, which are known as the original Bhāgavatam in four verses. These were Brahmā’s questions: (1) What are the forms of the Lord both in matter and in transcendence? (2) How are the different energies of the Lord working? (3) How does the Lord play with His different energies? (4) How may Brahmā be instructed to discharge the duty entrusted to Him? The prelude to the answers is this verse under discussion, wherein the Lord informs Brahmā that knowledge of Him, the Supreme Absolute Truth, as it is stated in the revealed scriptures, is very subtle and cannot be understood unless one is self-realized by the grace of the Lord. The Lord says that Brahmā may take the answers as He explains them. This means that transcendental knowledge of the absolute Supreme Being can be known if it is made known by the Lord Himself. By the mental speculation of the greatest mundane thinkers, the Absolute Truth cannot be understood. The mental speculators can reach up to the standard of impersonal Brahman realization, but, factually, complete knowledge of transcendence is beyond the knowledge of impersonal Brahman. Thus it is called the supreme confidential wisdom. Out of many liberated souls, someone may be qualified to know the Personality of Godhead. In the Bhagavad-gītā it is also said by the Lord Himself that out of many hundreds of thousands of people, one may try for perfection in human life, and out of many liberated souls, one may know Him as He is. Therefore, the knowledge of the Personality of Godhead may be attained by devotional service only. Rahasyam means devotional service. Lord Kṛṣṇa instructed Arjuna in the Bhagavad-gītā because He found Arjuna to be a devotee and friend. Without such qualifications, one cannot enter into the mystery of the Bhagavad-gītā. Therefore, one cannot understand the Personality of Godhead unless one becomes a devotee and discharges devotional service. This mystery is love of Godhead. Therein lies the main qualification for knowing the mystery of the Personality of Godhead. And to attain the stage of transcendental love of Godhead, regulative principles of devotional service must be followed. The regulative principles are called vidhi-bhakti, or the devotional service of the Lord, and they can be practiced by a neophyte with his present senses. Such regulative principles are mainly based on hearing and chanting of the glories of the Lord. And such hearing and chanting of the glories of the Lord can be made possible in the association of devotees only. Lord Caitanya therefore recommended five main principles for attaining perfection in the devotional service of the Lord. The first is association with devotees (hearing); second is chanting the glories of the Lord; third, hearing Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam from the pure devotee; fourth, residing in a holy place connected with the Lord; and fifth, worshiping the Deity of the Lord with devotion. Such rules and regulations are parts of devotional service. So, as requested by Lord Brahmā, the Personality of Godhead will explain all about the four questions put forward by Brahmā, and others also which are parts and parcels of the same questions.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The Lord said: Please understand the most secret knowledge of my form, along with realization of that form, and also understand about prema-bhakti and sādhana-bhakti which will be spoken by me.
Commentary

Brahmā has asked four questions. In verse 26 he asked about the spiritual and material forms of the Lord. In verse 27 he asked about māyā and yoga-māyā. In verse 28, he asked how the Lord carries out pastimes in relation to māyā and yoga-māyā. In verse 29, he asked for instructions for attaining his desired goal. The Lord promises in the present verse to answer these questions in order with four verses.

The Bhāgavatam, composed of these four verses given as answers by the Lord, is famous since itis spoken by the Lord himself. That is expressed in this verse. Not only will I give you knowledge of my form, but also realization as well. Moreover, this form is rarely understood (paramam guhyam), much superior to knowledge of the impersonal brahman. I will explain what is intimate (rahasyam), prema bhakti. Realize prema-bhakti which is accomplished by that knowledge of my form (sa). Prema is well known as rahasya from statements such as sugopyam api vak?y?mi: I will speak to you the most secret knowledge. (SB 11.11.49) I will also explain by my mercy about sādhana-bhakti, an aṅga of prema, though you did not ask. Thus I will explain three things: my form, prema-bhakti and sādhana-bhakti. Moreover, though you asked about these three through instructions from me (verse 29) I will explain this in four verses so that materialistic people do not understand, since it is confidential. By mention of prema and sādhana-bhakti it should be understood that the Lord also teaches about chanting the name of the Lord which is explained in the First Canto and which is more secret and more excellent than the most secret knowledge of the Lord’s forms. The Lord will especially give understanding to Brahmā, and therefore he instructs him to try to understand, even though he is already attentive (mayā grḥāṇa).

Related verses
Knowledge of the Lord is confidential and must be realized through devotional service. The Lord Himself lays out the necessary paraphernalia. Don't separate knowing from serving; they grow together.
Reflection Questions
  • Have I separated study from service, expecting either to deliver alone?
  • What 'paraphernalia' for devotional service do I need to actually set up?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.32

↗
यावानहं यथाभावो यद्रूपगुणकर्मक: । तथैव तत्त्वविज्ञानमस्तु ते मदनुग्रहात् ॥ ३२ ॥
yāvān ahaṁ yathā-bhāvo
[yaavaan aham yathaa-bhaavo]
yad-rūpa-guṇa-karmakaḥ
[yad-roopa-guna-karmakah]
tathaiva tattva-vijñānam
[tathaiva tattva-vijnaanam]
astu te mad-anugrahāt
[astu te mad-anugrahaat]
yāvān — as I am in eternal form aham — Myself yathā — as much as bhāvaḥ — transcendental existence yat — those rūpa — various forms and colors guṇa — qualities karmakaḥ — activities tathā — so and so eva — certainly tattva-vijñānam — factual realization astu — let it be te — unto you mat — My anugrahāt — by causeless mercy.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yāvān ahaṁ yathā-bhāvo
yāvān
as I am in eternal form
aham
Myself
yathā
as much as
bhāvaḥ
transcendental existence
yad-rūpa-guṇa-karmakaḥ
yat
those
rūpa
various forms and colors
guṇa
qualities
karmakaḥ
activities
tathaiva tattva-vijñānam
tathā
so and so
eva
certainly
tattva-vijñānam
factual realization
astu te mad-anugrahāt
astu
let it be
te
unto you
mat
My
anugrahāt
by causeless mercy.
All of Me, namely My actual eternal form and My transcendental existence, color, qualities and activities — let all be awakened within you by factual realization, out of My causeless mercy.

The secret of success in understanding the intricacies of knowledge of the Absolute Truth, the Personality of Godhead, is the causeless mercy of the Lord. Even in the material world, the father of many sons discloses the secret of his position to the pet sons. The father discloses the confidence unto the son whom he thinks worthy. An important man in the social order can be known by his mercy only. Similarly, one must be very dear to the Lord in order to know the Lord. The Lord is unlimited; no one can know Him completely, but one’s advancement in the transcendental loving service of the Lord can make one eligible to know the Lord. Here we can see that the Lord is sufficiently pleased with Brahmājī, and therefore He offers His causeless mercy to him so that Brahmājī may have the factual realization of the Lord by His mercy only.

In the Vedas also it is said that a person cannot know the Absolute Truth Personality of Godhead simply by dint of mundane education or intellectual gymnastics. One can know the Supreme Truth if one has unflinching faith in the bona fide spiritual master as well as in the Lord. Such a faithful person, even though illiterate in the mundane sense, can know the Lord automatically by the mercy of the Lord. In the Bhagavad-gītā also, it is said that the Lord reserves the right of not being exposed to everyone, and He keeps Himself concealed from the faithless by His yoga--māyā potency.

To the faithful the Lord reveals Himself in His form, quality and pastimes. The Lord is not formless, as wrongly conceived by the impersonalist, but His form is not like one that we have experienced. The Lord discloses His form, even to the extent of measurement, to His pure devotees, and that is the meaning of yāvān, as explained by Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī, the greatest scholar of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.

The Lord discloses the transcendental nature of His existence. The mundane wranglers make mundane conceptions of the form of the Lord. It is said in the revealed scriptures that the Lord has no mundane form; therefore persons with a poor fund of knowledge conclude that He must be formless. They cannot distinguish between the mundane form and the spiritual form. According to them, without a mundane form one must be formless. This conclusion is also mundane because formlessness is the opposite conception of form. Negation of the mundane conception does not establish a transcendental fact. In the Brahma-saṁhitā it is said that the Lord has a transcendental form and that He can utilize any one of His senses for any purpose. For example, He can eat with His eyes, and He can see with His leg. In the mundane conception of form, one cannot eat with one’s eyes or see with his leg. That is the difference between the mundane body and the spiritual body of sac-cid-ānanda. A spiritual body is not formless; it is a different type of body, of which we cannot conceive with our present mundane senses. “Formless” therefore means devoid of mundane form, or possessing a spiritual body of which the nondevotee can have no conception by the speculative method.

The Lord discloses to the devotee His unlimited varieties of transcendental bodies, all identical with one another with different kinds of bodily features. Some of the transcendental bodies of the Lord are blackish, and some of them are whitish. Some of them are reddish, and some are yellowish. Some of them are four-handed and some of them two-handed. Some of them are like the fish, and some are like the lion. All these different transcendental bodies of the Lord, without any differential category, are disclosed to the devotees of the Lord by the mercy of the Lord, and thus the impersonalists’ false arguments claiming the formlessness of the Supreme Truth do not appeal to a devotee of the Lord, even though such a devotee may not be very advanced in devotional service.

The Lord has unlimited numbers of transcendental qualities, and one of them is His affection for His unalloyed devotee. In the history of the mundane world we can appreciate His transcendental qualities. The Lord incarnates Himself for the protection of His devotees and for the annihilation of the faithless. His activities are in relationship with His devotees. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is full of such activities of the Lord in relationship with His devotees, and the nondevotees have no knowledge of such pastimes. The Lord lifted the Govardhana Hill when He was only seven years old and protected His pure devotees at Vṛndāvana from the wrath of Indra, who was overflooding the place with rain. Now this lifting of the Govardhana Hill by a seven-year-old boy may be unbelievable for the faithless, but for the devotees it is absolutely believable. The devotee believes in the almighty potency of the Lord, while the faithless say that the Lord is almighty but do not believe it. Such men with a poor fund of knowledge do not know that the Lord is the Lord eternally and that one cannot become the Lord by meditation for millions of years or by mental speculation for billions of years.

The impersonal interpretation of the mundane wranglers is completely refuted in this verse because it is clearly stated here that the Supreme Lord has His qualities, form, pastimes and everything that a person has. All these descriptions of the transcendental nature of the Personality of Godhead are factual realizations by the devotee of the Lord, and by the causeless mercy of the Lord they are revealed to His pure devotee, and to no one else.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
By my mercy, may you attain perfect realization of whatever dimensions, intentions, forms, qualities and pastimes I manifest.
Commentary

Knowledge, what is beyond the senses, and which is true, should appear to some degree in those with pure hearts who have faith. Vijñāna refers to realization of that entity beyond the senses, direct vision of my svarūpa as it is. This cannot occur without prema and sādhana-bhakti. Knowing this, the Lord gives blessings for that purpose. Yāvān means the dimensions of the Lord’s various limbs in combination, their thickness or thinness, lengthiness, elevation, or roundness. Yathā bhāvaḥ means the type of intentions. Yad-rūpa refers to the various forms, their complexion, the number of arms, Kṛṣṇa, Rāma, Nṛsiṁha and others. Guṇa refers to the Lord’s qualities such as affection for his devotees. Karma refers to pastimes such as lifting Govardhana or marrying Lakṣmī. May you have true realization of whatever (tathaiva) the dimensions, intentions, forms, qualities and activities manifest. Though this blessing alone indicates mercy, the Lord adds the phrase mad-anugrahāt. This indicates that by the gradual increase of sādhana and prema-bhakti -- which are special functions of the Lord’s supreme kṛpā-śakti -- when Brahmā realizes greater degrees of sweetness in the Lord’s form and qualities, he will realize directly the Vraja form of Kṛṣṇa, sweeter and rarer than the present form of realization. Thus, other explanations of the four verses propounding the impersonal aspect of the Lord are naturally defeated by this verse.

The Lord prays that His eternal form, color, qualities, and activities be awakened in Brahmā by realization, out of causeless mercy. Knowing Him is finally His gift; even a perfect father confides only in worthy sons.
Reflection Questions
  • Am I making myself a son the Lord could confide in?
  • Where do I expect to earn His mercy when by definition it is causeless?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.33

↗
अहमेवासमेवाग्रे नान्यद् यत् सदसत् परम् । पश्चादहं यदेतच्च योऽवशिष्येत सोऽस्म्यहम् ॥ ३३ ॥
aham evāsam evāgre
[aham evaasam evaagre]
nānyad yat sad-asat param
[naanyad yat sad-asat param]
paścād ahaṁ yad etac ca
[pashchaad aham yad etach cha]
yo ’vaśiṣyeta so ’smy aham
[yo ’vashishyeta so ’smy aham]
aham — I, the Personality of Godhead eva — certainly āsam — existed eva — only agre — before the creation na — never anyat — anything else yat — all those sat — the effect asat — the cause param — the supreme paścāt — at the end aham — I, the Personality of Godhead yat — all these etat — creation ca — also yaḥ — everything avaśiṣyeta — remains saḥ — that asmi — I am aham — I, the Personality of Godhead.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
aham evāsam evāgre
aham
I, the Personality of Godhead
eva
certainly
āsam
existed
eva
only
agre
before the creation
nānyad yat sad-asat param
na
never
anyat
anything else
yat
all those
sat
the effect
asat
the cause
param
the supreme
paścād ahaṁ yad etac ca
paścāt
at the end
aham
I, the Personality of Godhead
yat
all these
etat
creation
ca
also
yo ’vaśiṣyeta so ’smy aham
yaḥ
everything
avaśiṣyeta
remains
saḥ
that
asmi
I am
aham
I, the Personality of Godhead.
Brahmā, it is I, the Personality of Godhead, who was existing before the creation, when there was nothing but Myself. Nor was there the material nature, the cause of this creation. That which you see now is also I, the Personality of Godhead, and after annihilation what remains will also be I, the Personality of Godhead.

We should note very carefully that the Personality of Godhead is addressing Lord Brahmā and specifying with great emphasis Himself, pointing out that it is He, the Personality of Godhead, who existed before the creation, it is He only who maintains the creation, and it is He only who remains after the annihilation of the creation. Brahmā is also a creation of the Supreme Lord. The impersonalist puts forth the theory of oneness in the sense that Brahmā — also being the same principle of “I,” because he is an emanation from the I, the Absolute Truth — is identical with the Lord, the principle of I, and that there is thus nothing more than the principle of I, as explained in this verse. Accepting the argument of the impersonalist, it is to be admitted that the Lord is the creator I and that the Brahmā is the created I. Therefore there is a difference between the two I’s, namely the predominator I and the predominated I. Therefore there are still two I’s, even accepting the argument of the impersonalist. But we must note carefully that these two I’s are accepted in the Vedic literature ( Kaṭhopaniṣad ) in the sense of quality. The Kaṭhopaniṣad says:

nityo nityānāṁ cetanaś cetanānām eko bahūnāṁ yo vidadhāti kāmān

The creator I and the created I are both accepted in the Vedas as qualitatively one because both of them are nityas and cetanas. But the singular I is the creator I, and the created I’s are of plural number because there are many I’s like Brahmā and those generated by Brahmā. It is the simple truth. The father creates or begets a son, and the son also creates many other sons, and all of them may be one as human beings, but, at the same time from the father, the son and the grandsons are all different. The son cannot take the place of the father, nor can the grandsons. Simultaneously the father, the son and the grandson are one and different also. As human beings they are one, but as relativities they are different. Therefore the relativities of the creator and the created or the predominator and the predominated have been differentiated in the Vedas by saying that the predominator I is the feeder of the predominated I’s, and thus there is a vast difference between the two principles of I.

In another feature of this verse, no one can deny the personalities of both the Lord and Brahmā. Therefore in the ultimate issue both the predominator and predominated are persons. This conclusion refutes the conclusion of the impersonalist that in the ultimate issue everything is impersonal. This impersonal feature stressed by the less intelligent impersonalist school is refuted by pointing out that the predominator I is the Absolute Truth and that He is a person. The predominated I, Brahmā, is also a person, but he is not the Absolute. For realization of one’s self in spiritual psychology it may be convenient to assume oneself to be the same principle as the Absolute Truth, but there is always the difference of the predominated and the predominator, as clearly pointed out here in this verse, which is grossly misused by the impersonalists. Brahmā is factually seeing face to face his predominator Lord, who exists in His transcendental eternal form, even after the annihilation of the material creation. The form of the Lord, as seen by Brahmā, existed before the creation of Brahmā, and the material manifestation with all the ingredients and agents of material creation are also energetic expansions of the Lord, and after the exhibition of the Lord’s energy comes to a close, what remains is the same Personality of Godhead. Therefore the form of the Lord exists in all circumstances of creation, maintenance and annihilation. The Vedic hymns confirm this fact in the statement vāsudevo vā idam agra āsīn na brahmā na ca śaṅkara eko nārāyaṇa āsīn na brahmā neśāna, etc. Before the creation there was none except Vāsudeva. There was neither Brahmā nor Śaṅkara. Only Nārāyaṇa was there and no one else, neither Brahmā nor Īśāna. Śrīpāda Śaṅkarācārya also confirms in his comments on the Bhagavad-gītā that Nārāyaṇa, or the Personality of Godhead, is transcendental to all creation, but that the whole creation is the product of avyakta. Therefore the difference between the created and the creator is always there, although both the creator and created are of the same quality.

The other feature of the statement is that the supreme truth is Bhagavān, or the Personality of Godhead. The Personality of Godhead and His kingdom have already been explained. The kingdom of Godhead is not void as conceived by the impersonalists. The Vaikuṇṭha planets are full of transcendental variegatedness, including the four-handed residents of those planets, with great opulence of wealth and prosperity, and there are even airplanes and other amenities required for high-grade personalities. Therefore the Personality of Godhead exists before the creation, and He exists with all transcendental variegatedness in the Vaikuṇṭhalokas. The Vaikuṇṭhalokas, also accepted in the Bhagavad-gītā as being of the sanātana nature, are not annihilated even after the annihilation of the manifested cosmos. Those transcendental planets are of a different nature altogether, and that nature is not subjected to the rules and regulations of material creation, maintenance or annihilation. The existence of the Personality of Godhead implies the existence of the Vaikuṇṭhalokas, as the existence of a king implies the existence of a kingdom.

In various places in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and in other revealed scriptures the existence of the Personality of Godhead is mentioned. For example, in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (2.8.10) , Mahārāja Parīkṣit asks:

sa cāpi yatra puruṣo viśva-sthity-udbhavāpyayaḥ muktvātma-māyāṁ māyeśaḥ śete sarva-guhāśayaḥ

“How does the Personality of Godhead, the cause of creation, maintenance and annihilation, who is always freed from the influence of the illusory energy and is the controller of the same, lie in everyone’s heart?” Similar also is a question of Vidura’s:

tattvānāṁ bhagavaṁs teṣāṁ katidhā pratisaṅkramaḥ tatremaṁ ka upāsīran ka u svid anuśerate

( Bhāg. 3.7.37 )

Śrīdhara Svāmī explains this in his notes: “During the annihilation of the creation, who serves the Lord lying on the Śeṣa, etc.” This means that the transcendental Lord with all His name, fame, quality and paraphernalia exists eternally. The same confirmation is also in the Kāśī-khaṇḍa of the Skanda Purāṇa in connection with dhruva-carita. It is said there:

na cyavante ’pi yad-bhaktā mahatyāṁ pralayāpadi ato ’cyuto ’khile loke sa ekaḥ sarvago ’vyayaḥ

Even the devotees of the Personality of Godhead are not annihilated during the period of the entire annihilation of the material world, not to speak of the Lord Himself. The Lord is ever-existent in all three stages of material change.

The impersonalist adduces no activity in the Supreme, but in this discussion between Brahmā and the Supreme Personality of Godhead the Lord is said to have activities also, as He has His form and quality. The activities of Brahmā and other demigods during the maintenance of the creation are to be understood as the activities of the Lord. The king, or the head executive of a state, may not be seen in the government offices, for he may be engaged in royal comforts. Yet it should be understood that everything is being done under his direction and everything is at his command. The Personality of Godhead is never formless. In the material world He may not be visible in His personal form to the less intelligent class of men, and therefore He may sometimes be called formless. But actually He is always in His eternal form in His Vaikuṇṭha planets as well as in other planets of the universes as different incarnations. The example of the sun is very appropriate in this connection. The sun in the night may not be visible to the eyes of men in the darkness, but the sun is visible wherever it has risen. That the sun is not visible to the eyes of the inhabitants of a particular part of the earth does not mean that the sun has no form.

In the Bṛhad-āraṇyaka Upaniṣad (1.4.1) there is the hymn ātmaivedam agra āsīt puruṣa-vidhaḥ. This mantra indicates the Supreme Personality of Godhead (Kṛṣṇa) even before the appearance of the puruṣa incarnation. In the Bhagavad-gītā (15.18) it is said that Lord Kṛṣṇa is Puruṣottama because He is the supreme puruṣa, transcendental even to the puruṣa-akṣara and the puruṣa-kṣara. The akṣara-puruṣa, or the Mahā-Viṣṇu, throws His glance over prakṛti, or material nature, but the Puruṣottama existed even before that. The Bṛhad-āraṇyaka Upaniṣad therefore confirms the statement of the Bhagavad-gītā that Lord Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Person (Puruṣottama).

In some of the Vedas it is also said that in the beginning only the impersonal Brahman existed. However, according to this verse, the impersonal Brahman, which is the glowing effulgence of the body of the Supreme Lord, may be called the immediate cause, but the cause of all causes, or the remote cause, is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord’s impersonal feature is existent in the material world because by material senses or material eyes the Lord cannot be seen or perceived. One has to spiritualize the senses before one can expect to see or perceive the Supreme Lord. But He is always engaged in His personal capacity, and He is eternally visible to the inhabitants of Vaikuṇṭhaloka, face to face. Therefore He is materially impersonal, just as the executive head of the state may be impersonal in the government offices, although he is not impersonal in the government house. Similarly, the Lord is not impersonal in His abode, which is always nirasta-kuhakam, as stated in the very beginning of the Bhāgavatam. Therefore both the impersonal and personal features of the Lord are acceptable, as mentioned in the revealed scriptures. This Personality of Godhead is very emphatically explained in the Bhagavad-gītā in connection with the verse brahmaṇo hi pratiṣṭhāham ( Bg. 14.27 ). Therefore in all ways the confidential part of spiritual knowledge is realization of the Personality of Godhead, and not His impersonal Brahman feature. One should therefore have his ultimate aim of realization not in the impersonal feature but in the personal feature of the Absolute Truth. The example of the sky within the pot and the sky outside the pot may be helpful to the student for his realization of the all-pervading quality of the cosmic consciousness of the Absolute Truth. But that does not mean that the individual part and parcel of the Lord becomes the Supreme by a false claim. It means only that the conditioned soul is a victim of the illusory energy in her last snare. To claim to be one with the cosmic consciousness of the Lord is the last trap set by the illusory energy, or daivī māyā. Even in the impersonal existence of the Lord, as it is in the material creation, one should aspire for personal realization of the Lord, and that is the meaning of paścād ahaṁ yad etac ca yo ’vaśiṣyeta so ’smy aham.

Brahmājī also accepted the same truth when he was instructing Nārada. He said:

so ’yaṁ te ’bhihitas tāta bhagavān viśva-bhāvanaḥ

( Bhāg. 2.7.50 )

There is no other cause of all causes than the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari. Therefore this verse aham eva never indicates anything other than the Supreme Lord, and one should therefore follow the path of the Brahma sampradāya, or the path from Brahmājī to Nārada, to Vyāsadeva, etc., and make it a point in life to realize the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, or Lord Kṛṣṇa. This very confidential instruction to the pure devotees of the Lord was also given to Arjuna and to Brahmā in the beginning of the creation. The demigods like Brahmā, Viṣṇu, Maheśvara, Indra, Candra and Varuṇa are undoubtedly different forms of the Lord for execution of different functions; the different elemental ingredients of material creation, as well as the multifarious energies, also may be of the same Personality of Godhead, but the root of all of them is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa. One should be attached to the root of everything rather than bewildered by the branches and leaves. That is the instruction given in this verse.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
I alone, who am non-different from that which is superior to all cause and effect, existed previous to creation of the universe. I alone exist as the universe after the creation of the universe, and I alone remain at the destruction.
Commentary

After promising knowledge and giving qualification by blessings in the two introductory verses, the Lord now teaches the first aspect of knowledge concerning the spiritual and material forms (asked in verse 26). Touching his forefinger to his chest the Lord says, “I alone existed before the creation.” By the word eva he excludes all others. Nothing of my category existed at that time. The most attractive form which you now see, a sweet ocean of form and quality existed before the creation, at the time of great devastation of all the universes. The śruti says:

vāsudevo vā idam agra āsīn na brahmā na ca śaṅkaraḥ Vāsudeva exists previous to the universe. Brahmā and Śiva did not exist.

puruṣo ha vai nārāyaṇaḥ The Lord is Nārāyaṇa.

eko ha vai nārāyaṇa āsīt Nārāyaṇa alone existed.

puruṣo ha vai nārāyaṇo ’kāmayata | atha nārāyaṇād ajo ’jāyata, yataḥ sarvāṇi bhūtāni | nārāyaṇaḥ paraṁ brahma, tattvaṁ nārāyaṇaḥ param | ṛtaṁ satyaṁ paraṁ brahma puruṣaṁ kṛṣṇa-piṅgalam

The Lord Nārāyaṇa desired. From Nārāyaṇa was born Brahmā, from who all living entities arise. Nārāyaṇa is the supreme brahman, the supreme principle. He is most worthy of worship, the highest truth, the supreme brahman, dark in complexion with yellow cloth.

eko nārāyaṇa āsīn na brahmā neśānaḥ Nārāyaṇa alone existed. Brahmā and Śiva did not exist. Mahā Upaniṣad

Bhāgavatam says:

bhagavān eka āsedam agra ātmātmanāṁ vibhuḥ ātmecchānugatāv ātmā nānā-maty-upalakṣaṇaḥ

Bhagavān, who exists in the form of Paramātmā and brahman according to the viewpoint, alone existed before the creation of the universe, when the desire to create bodies of the jīvas was absent. . SB 3.5.23

When the Lord says he alone existed, it also means that his associates in Vaikuṇṭha also existed, since they are his parts. This is similar to saying “the king goes” meaning that the king goes with his attendants. The associates of the Lord are in a condition similar to the Lord. Parīkṣit asked:

sa cāpi yatra puruṣo viśva-sthity-udbhavāpyayaḥ | muktvātma-māyāṁ māyeśaḥ śete sarva-guhāśayaḥ ||

Please describe where this puruṣa, the creator, maintainer and destroyer of the universe, the Lord of māyā, dwelling within all beings, but untouched by his māyā, lies down. SB 2.8.10

Vidura asks:

tattvānāṁ bhagavaṁs teṣāṁ katidhā pratisaṅkramaḥ | tatremaṁ ka upāsīran ka u svid anuśerate ||

Please describe how many dissolutions there are for the elements of material nature and who survives after the dissolutions to serve the Lord while he is asleep? SB 3.7.37

Śrīdhara Svāmī explains tatra pralaye imaṁ parameśvaraṁ śay?naṁ r?j?nam iva c?mara-gr?hiṇaḥ ke up?sīran ke v? tad anuśerate śay?nam anusvapanti: at the time of dissolution, who will worship the Supreme Lord as a king by waving a cāmara, and who will accompany the Lord in sleep?

Kāsī-khaṇḍa says:

na cyavante hi mad-bhaktā mahatyāṁ pralayāpadi | ato ’cyuto ’khile loke sa ekaḥ sarvago ’vyayaḥ ||

My devotees do not perish even at the time of universal destruction. The Lord alone is indestructible and all-pervading in all planets. Skanda Purāṇa

The word āsam (I existed) excludes anything without substance. The verb as indicates something existing. Because of my existing, complete non-existence is not at all possible. This should be understood from the verb. I alone existed. This however does not mean that I did not do anything. The statement does not exclude other actions since the verb as is connected with all other verb roots. If one says “Caitra existed in that village last year” it does not mean that he did not eat, sit or sleep there. Though eva can indicate absence of these activities (he only existed), by the sense of the statement, it means he performed these activities. The Bhagavat-sandarbha says:

āsam eveti brahmādi-bahirjana-jñāna-gocara-sṛṣṭy-ādi-lakṣaṇa-kriyāntarasyaiva vyāvṛttiḥ | na tu svāntaraṅga-līlāyā api | yathādhunāsau rājā kāryaṁ na kiñcit karotīty ukte rājya-sambandhi-kāryam eva niṣidhyate na tu śayana-bhojanādikam apīti tadvad

The words āsam eva exclude actions such as creation which are subject to the awareness of persons with material bodies such as Brahmā. However the words do not exclude the Lord’s spiritual pastimes. If one says that presently the king does not perform any activities, it means he does not perform his activities as a king, but does not mean that he does not eat or sleep.

Sometimes it is said that only the impersonal brahman existed. In answer to this it is said in this verse that brahman which is superior to effect (sat) and cause (asat) is not different from me. This means that I alone appear as the impersonal brahman in some scriptures which cannot express the various qualities arising from my svarūpa because the readers are not qualified. But you should know me, endowed with form and qualities because you have my blessings and mercy, as expressed in the previous verse.

“After the creation, that universe alone is observed and not you.” In answer to this the verse says, even after the creation, only I exist. I exist as Bhagavān in Vaikuṇṭha and as Paramātmā within the universes, and as various avatāras such as Matsya at certain times.

“You are not the earth, devatās or the animals. Does that mean that you are incomplete?” The verse answers. I alone am this universe (etat) as a whole and composed of individuals. Because the universe is generated from my energy, it is my material form. You have asked to know about my spiritual and material forms. This is the material form. I alone am the Supreme Lord expressed by the words yo ’vaśiṣyeta. bhav?n ekaḥ śi?yate śe?a-saṁjñaḥ: you alone remain, and you are known as Ananta Śeṣa-nāga. (SB 10.3.25) The word aham is repeated three times to define the Lord, who has a supreme form situated through all three phases of time, and endowed with form and qualities, and which is visible at creation and destruction as the inferior form of the world made of matter. Thus knowledge of the superior and inferior forms of the Lord has been explained. Brahmā should have realization (vijñānam) of the first, the superior, spiritual form. This realization will occur when Brahmā can relish the sweetness of the Lord’s form and qualities by prema-bhakti produced through hearing and chanting. This will be explained in the fourth verse.

Related verses
Before creation, only the Lord existed; what exists now is also Him; after annihilation what remains is also Him. He is the constant; everything else is His manifestation across phases of time.
Reflection Questions
  • What is constant in me across the phases of my life, and is it Him?
  • How does this change my view of 'beginnings' and 'endings' in my own story?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.34

↗
ऋतेऽर्थं यत् प्रतीयेत न प्रतीयेत चात्मनि । तद्विद्यादात्मनो मायां यथाभासो यथा तम: ॥ ३४ ॥
ṛte ’rthaṁ yat pratīyeta
[rite ’rtham yat prateeyeta]
na pratīyeta cātmani
[na prateeyeta chaatmani]
tad vidyād ātmano māyāṁ
[tad vidyaad aatmano maayaam]
yathābhāso yathā tamaḥ
[yathaabhaaso yathaa tamah]
ṛte — without artham — value yat — that which pratīyeta — appears to be na — not pratīyeta — appears to be ca — and ātmani — in relation to Me tat — that vidyāt — you must know ātmanaḥ — My māyām — illusory energy yathā — just as ābhāsaḥ — the reflection yathā — as tamaḥ — the darkness.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
ṛte ’rthaṁ yat pratīyeta
ṛte
without
artham
value
yat
that which
pratīyeta
appears to be
na pratīyeta cātmani
na
not
pratīyeta
appears to be
ca
and
ātmani
in relation to Me
tad vidyād ātmano māyāṁ
tat
that
vidyāt
you must know
ātmanaḥ
My
māyām
illusory energy
yathābhāso yathā tamaḥ
yathā
just as
ābhāsaḥ
the reflection
yathā
as
tamaḥ
the darkness.
O Brahmā, whatever appears to be of any value, if it is without relation to Me, has no reality. Know it as My illusory energy, that reflection which appears to be in darkness.

In the previous verse it has already been concluded that in any stage of the cosmic manifestation — its appearance, its sustenance, its growth, its interactions of different energies, its deterioration and its disappearance — all has its basic relation with the existence of the Personality of Godhead. And as such, whenever there is forgetfulness of this prime relation with the Lord, and whenever things are accepted as real without being related to the Lord, that conception is called a product of the illusory energy of the Lord. Because nothing can exist without the Lord, it should be known that the illusory energy is also an energy of the Lord. The right conclusion of dovetailing everything in relationship with the Lord is called yoga-māyā, or the energy of union, and the wrong conception of detaching a thing from its relationship with the Lord is called the Lord’s daivī māyā, or mahā-māyā. Both the māyās also have connections with the Lord because nothing can exist without being related to Him. As such, the wrong conception of detaching relationships from the Lord is not false, but illusory.

Misconceiving one thing for another thing is called illusion. For example, accepting a rope as a snake is illusion, but the rope is not false. The rope, as it exists in the front of the illusioned person, is not at all false, but the acceptance is illusory. Therefore the wrong conception of accepting this material manifestation as being divorced from the energy of the Lord is illusion, but it is not false. And this illusory conception is called the reflection of the reality in the darkness of ignorance. Anything that appears as apparently not being “produced out of My energy” is called māyā. The conception that the living entity is formless or that the Supreme Lord is formless is also illusion. In the Bhagavad-gītā (2.12) it was said by the Lord in the midst of the battlefield that the warriors standing in front of Arjuna, Arjuna himself, and even the Lord had all existed before, they were existing on the Battlefield of Kurukṣetra, and they would all continue to be individual personalities in the future also, even after the annihilation of the present body and even after being liberated from the bondage of material existence. In all circumstances, the Lord and the living entities are individual personalities, and the personal features of both the Lord and living beings are never abolished; only the influence of the illusory energy, the reflection of light in the darkness, can, by the mercy of the Lord, be removed. In the material world, the light of the sun is also not independent, nor is that of the moon. The real source of light is the brahmajyoti, which diffuses light from the transcendental body of the Lord, and the same light is reflected in varieties of light: the light of the sun, the light of the moon, the light of fire, or the light of electricity. So the identity of the self as being unconnected with the Supreme Self, the Lord, is also illusion, and the false claim “I am the Supreme” is the last illusory snare of the same māyā, or the external energy of the Lord.

The Vedānta-sūtra in the very beginning affirms that everything is born from the Supreme, and thus, as explained in the previous verse, all individual living entities are born from the energy of the supreme living being, the Personality of Godhead. Brahmā himself was born from the energy of the Lord, and all other living entities are born from the energy of the Lord through the agency of Brahmā; none of them has any existence without being dovetailed with the Supreme Lord.

The independence of the individual living entity is not real independence, but is just the reflection of the real independence existing in the Supreme Being, the Lord. The false claim of supreme independence by the conditioned souls is illusion, and this conclusion is admitted in this verse.

Persons with a poor fund of knowledge become illusioned, and therefore the so-called scientists, physiologists, empiric philosophers, etc., become dazzled by the glaring reflection of the sun, moon, electricity, etc., and deny the existence of the Supreme Lord, putting forward theories and different speculations about the creation, maintenance and annihilation of everything material. The medical practitioner may deny the existence of the soul in the physiological bodily construction of an individual person, but he cannot give life to a dead body, even though all the mechanisms of the body exist even after death. The psychologist makes a serious study of the physiological conditions of the brain, as if the construction of the cerebral lump were the machine of the functioning mind, but in the dead body the psychologist cannot bring back the function of the mind. These scientific studies of the cosmic manifestation or the bodily construction independent of the Supreme Lord are different reflective intellectual gymnastics only, but at the end they are all illusion and nothing more. All such advancement of science and knowledge in the present context of material civilization is but an action of the covering influence of the illusory energy. The illusory energy has two phases of existence, namely the covering influence and the throwing influence. By the throwing influence the illusory energy throws the living entities into the darkness of ignorance, and by the covering influence she covers the eyes of men with a poor fund of knowledge about the existence of the Supreme Person who enlightened the supreme individual living being, Brahmā. The identity of Brahmā with the Supreme Lord is never claimed herein, and therefore such a foolish claim by the man with a poor fund of knowledge is another display of the illusory energy of the Lord. The Lord says in the Bhagavad-gītā (16.18-20) that demoniac persons who deny the existence of the Lord are thrown more and more into the darkness of ignorance, and thus such demoniac persons transmigrate life after life without any knowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

The sane man, however, is enlightened in the disciplic succession from Brahmājī, who was personally instructed by the Lord, or in the disciplic succession from Arjuna, who was personally instructed by the Lord in the Bhagavad-gītā. He accepts this statement of the Lord:

ahaṁ sarvasya prabhavo mattaḥ sarvaṁ pravartate iti matvā bhajante māṁ budhā bhāva-samanvitāḥ

(Bg. 10.8)

The Lord is the original source of all emanations, and everything that is created, maintained and annihilated exists by the energy of the Lord. The sane man who knows this is actually learned, and therefore he becomes a pure devotee of the Lord, engaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord.

Although the reflectory energy of the Lord displays various illusions to the eyes of persons with a poor fund of knowledge, the sane person knows clearly that the Lord can act, even from far, far beyond our vision, by His different energies, just as fire can diffuse heat and light from a distant place. In the medical science of the ancient sages, known as the Āyur-veda, there is definite acceptance of the Lord’s supremacy in the following words:

jagad-yoner anicchasya cid-ānandaika-rūpiṇaḥ puṁso ’sti prakṛtir nityā praticchāyeva bhāsvataḥ

acetanāpi caitanya- yogena paramātmanaḥ akarod viśvam akhilam anityam nāṭakākṛtim

There is one Supreme Person who is the progenitor of this cosmic manifestation and whose energy acts as prakṛti, or the material nature, dazzling like a reflection. By such illusory action of prakṛti, even dead matter is caused to move by the cooperation of living energy of the Lord, and the material world appears like a dramatic performance to the ignorant eyes. The ignorant person, therefore, may even be a scientist or physiologist in the drama of prakṛti, while the sane person knows prakṛti as the illusory energy of the Lord. By such a conclusion, as confirmed by the Bhagavad-gītā, it is clear that the living entities are also a display of the Lord’s superior energy ( parā prakṛti ), just as the material world is a display of the Lord’s inferior energy ( aparā prakṛti ). The superior energy of the Lord cannot be as good as the Lord, although there is very little difference between the energy and the possessor of the energy, or the fire and the heat. Fire is possessed of heat, but heat is not fire. This simple thing is not understood by the man with a poor fund of knowledge who falsely claims that the fire and heat are the same. This energy of the fire (namely heat) is explained here as a reflection, and not directly fire. Therefore the living energy represented by the living entities is the reflection of the Lord, and never the Lord Himself. Being the reflection of the Lord, the existence of the living entity is dependent on the Supreme Lord, who is the original light. This material energy may be compared to darkness, as actually it is darkness, and the activities of the living entities in the darkness are reflections of the original light. The Lord should be understood by the context of this verse. Non-dependence of both the energies of the Lord is explained as māyā, or illusion. No one can make a solution of the darkness of ignorance simply by the reflection of light. Similarly, no one can come out of material existence simply by the reflected light of the common man; one has to receive the light from the original light itself. The reflection of sunlight in the darkness is unable to drive out the darkness, but the sunlight outside the reflection can drive out the darkness completely. In darkness no one can see the things in a room. Therefore a person in the dark is afraid of snakes and scorpions, although there may not be such things. But in the light the things in the room can be clearly seen, and the fear of snakes and scorpions is at once removed. Therefore one has to take shelter of the light of the Lord, as in the Bhagavad-gītā or the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, and not the reflective personalities who have no touch with the Lord. No one should hear Bhagavad-gītā or Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam from a person who does not believe in the existence of the Lord. Such a person is already doomed, and any association with such a doomed person makes the associater also doomed.

According to the Padma Purāṇa, within the material compass there are innumerable material universes, and all of them are full of darkness. Any living being, beginning from the Brahmās (there are innumerable Brahmās in innumerable universes) to the insignificant ant, are all born in darkness, and they require factual light from the Lord to see Him directly, just as the sun can be seen only by the direct light of the sun. No lamp or man-made torchlight, however powerful it may be, can help one see the sun. The sun reveals itself. Therefore the action of different energies of the Lord, or the Personality of Godhead Himself, can be realized by the light manifested by the causeless mercy of the Lord. The impersonalists say that God cannot be seen. God can be seen by the light of God and not by man-made speculations. Here this light is specifically mentioned as vidyāt, which is an order by the Lord to Brahmā. This direct order of the Lord is a manifestation of His internal energy, and this particular energy is the means of seeing the Lord face to face. Not only Brahmā but anyone who may be graced by the Lord to see such merciful direct internal energy can also realize the Personality of Godhead without any mental speculation.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
One should understand my māyā by whose power real objects are perceived through vidyā and false objects are perceived through avidyā, in relation to the self, just as light reveals objects and darkness hides them. One should understand my yoga-māyā by whose power some objects are revealed and some objects hidden from the person who has realized the Lord, just as light reveals objects and darkness hides them.
Commentary

Māyā (material energy) acts partly favorably and partly unfavorably towards the jīva trying to attain knowledge and realization of Paramātmā. When you realize me (Paramātmā), then only yoga-māyā functions. Thus yoga-māyā acts only favorably. Since both of these should be defined in the verse, I will impart this knowledge to you. In verse 27 you have asked about the qualities of māyā and yoga-māyā (yathātma-māyā-yogena). I am now giving the answer by taking two meanings to the verse.

By this māyā nothing is perceived except a real object (artham); that is, only a real object is perceived. And by this māyā (yat) there is perception without a real object. This means that by this māyā real objects are not perceived, but rather; false objects are perceived. The liberated and conditioned souls know it as my (ātmanaḥ) māyā-śakti which has two functions of vidyā (for the liberated soul) and avidyā (for the conditioned soul), existing in relation to the self (ātmani).

An example of vidyā is given. It is like the illumination coming from a lamp (yathābhāsaḥ). In a house, an existing pot or cloth is perceived because of the light of a lamp, but by taking the lamp away, the pot or cloth which previously existed does not become non-existent. A snake or scorpion which was a cause of fear is perceived as non-existent at that time. By the function of vidyā, the liberated jīva perceives knowledge and bliss in relation to the self. It is not like the state of avidyā, where this perception (about knowledge and bliss) is absent. In that state, body and its related lamentation and illusion, which are actually not related to the self, are not perceived.

An example of avidyā is given. It is like darkness. Because of darkness a pot or cloth in the house are not perceived to exist. However, a snake or thief, though not existing there, cause fear because of their possible existence, and thus, are perceived to exist where they actually do not exist. Because of avidyā, the conditioned jīva does not perceive knowledge and bliss, even though they exist with an eternal relationship to the self. The conditioned jīva perceives the body, and lamentation and confusion related to the body appear to be related to self, though actually they are not related to the self.

Though flowers and horns exist, because they are not related to sky and rabbit, a flower in the sky and a rabbit with horns are false. Similarly, though bodies and lamentation, confusion, happiness and distress all exist as expansions of real matter, the body, lamentation, confusion, happiness and distress are all called false in the scriptures because they have no real relation to the jīva. Though the relationship of the jīva with the body is false, it is produced by avidyā and destroyed by vidyā. Thus vidyā is compared to light and avidyā is compared to darkness. In the Eighth Canto this is proved in the statement chāyā-tapau yatra na gṛdhra-pakṣau: the Lord is constantly witnessing, but not affected, and has no vidyā or avidyā. (SB 8.5.27)

Some explain the example this way. The example of darkness refers to the covering or obscuring portion of māyā. Examples of the obscuring and confusion aspects are being overcome with fear of snakes, tigers or being possessed by a ghost. These are accepted by taking the meaning of tamas as ignorance. Some explain the qualities of avidyā -- obscuring and confusion (āvaraṇa and vikṣepa) -- as non-apprehension of real objects and apprehension of unreal objects.

The word artha can also mean wealth. Like a merchant who has attained wealth through good fortune, the liberated soul gains knowledge and bliss through vidyā and is considered wealthy. Like the merchant who by misfortune has not attained wealth, the conditioned soul, having knowledge and bliss covered by avidyā is considered poor. By vidyā the jīva realizes that he is ātmā or tvam. [Note: Vidyā is the door to realization, but vidyā must be mixed with bhakti.] He does not realize Paramātmā or tat by vidyā (which is sattva). Because the Lord is beyond the guṇas, he realizes the Lord only by pure bhakti which is beyond the guṇas, for the Lord says bhaktyāham ekayā grāhyaḥ: I am achieved only by bhakti. (SB 11.14.21) He also says kaivalyaṁ sāttvikaṁ jñānam: jñāna, which gives liberation, is in the mode of goodness. (SB 11.25.24) One cannot realize Paramātmā who is beyond the guṇas by vidyā which belongs to sattva-guṇa, and which means knowledge of ātmā separate from body. Rather this vidyā is destroyed by bhakti. The Lord says:

dravyaṁ deśaḥ phalaṁ kālo jñānaṁ karma ca kārakaḥ | śraddhāvasthākṛtir niṣṭhā trai-guṇyaḥ sarva eva hi ||

yeneme nirjitāḥ saumya guṇā jīvena citta-jāḥ | bhakti-yogena man-niṣṭho mad-bhāvāya prapadyate ||

Therefore material substance, place, result of activity, time, knowledge, work, the performer of work, faith, state of consciousness, species of life and destination after death are all based on the three modes of material nature. The living entity who conquers these modes, manifested from the mind, can dedicate himself to me by the process of devotional service and thus attain pure love for me. SB 11.25.30, 32

Must the liberated jīva obtain bhakti in order to realize Paramātmā directly? For the person qualified for jñāna, vidyā is produced by sāṅkhya, yoga, austerity and other methods mixed with bhakti. That vidyā destroys avidyā and produces realization of ātmā or tvam. The person freed from avidyā gradually becomes increasingly indifferent to vidyā, like a fire without fuel wood, while the small portion of bhakti previously performed loses its covering and makes its appearance like the moon coming out of eclipse. Only by repeated bhakti, gradually, the realization of Paramātmā or tat appears. The Lord says in Gītā:

brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā na śocati na kāṅkṣati | samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu mad-bhaktiṁ labhate parām ||

Having attained the state of brahman, being a pure soul, he does not lament in loss of what he had nor does he desire what he does not have, and looks upon all beings as equal. He then manifests pure bhakti. BG 18.54

In the Gītā verse parām means “best” or “only” since it is now devoid of its previous secondary status. It is said in the next verse bhakty? m?m abhij?n?ti y?v?n yaś c?smi tattvataḥ: only by bhakti can a person know me as brahman. Thus by amount and type of bhakti, that person realizes impersonal brahman by that small portion of bhakti but not the qualified brahman with knowledge and bliss, Bhagavān. It is like a person with weak eyesight who sees only the general form of a deity decorated with jewels, and not all the details such as face, nose, eyes and ears. When there is complete cessation of vidyā, by the bhakti which appears in the person now beyond the guṇas, the person achieves the perfection of realization of the impersonal brahman. This is called nirvāṇa or oneness of jīva and brahman. In the Gītā it is stated tato m?ṁ tattvato jñ?tv? viśate tad-anantaram: then, knowing me as brahman by that bhakti, he merges with me. (BG 18.55)

When pure bhakti, which is mercy of the Lord incarnate and the essence of the cit-śakti, becomes very strong and prominent by amount and type, it is completely independent, and does not consider good or bad, and may appear suddenly within conditioned jīvas, even of bad conduct, or who are born as Rākṣasas, Pulindas or Pukkaśas, whereas it may not appear within brāhmaṇas or sannyasīs even if they are liberated. By that bhakti alone, all suffering including avidyā is destroyed. It is said:

jarayaty āśu yā kośaṁ nigīrṇam analo yathā

Bhakti, devotional service, dissolves the subtle body of the living entity without separate effort, just as fire in the stomach digests all that we eat. SB 3.25.33

By that bhakti alone, a person will realize directly Bhagavān filled with bliss and knowledge, just as a person with strong eyesight by good fortune can see the general form of the beautiful deity and also the details of the face, nose, eyes and ears.

Bhakti is of two types: bhakti without material guṇas and bhakti mixed with the guṇas. By the first type, which in its mature state is called prema-bhakti, one brings the Lord under control. Through this a person realizes the sweet pastimes, form and qualities of the Lord composed of eternity, knowledge and bliss. By the second type of bhakti, mixed with sattva-guṇa, after it loses its sattva-guṇa, a person realizes only the bliss of impersonal brahman. Material māyā has jurisdiction over the jīvas previous to the state of realizing the bliss of brahman.

The verse could have been easily expressed by the following words satyam eva pratītaṁ syād yato ’satyaṁ tathā yataḥ tad vidyād ātmano māyāṁ yathābhāso yathā tamaḥ. Thus, a desire for another meaning in this verse has arisen, using the words ṛte and artha without changing their meaning. By this interpretation, the verse speaks of the qualities of yoga-māyā, the śakti arising from the Lord’s svarūpa, which functions to reveal and cover his form, qualities and pastimes under his will and which clearly acts even upon people who have realization of brahman. Ātmani ṛte means “knowing or realizing me, Paramātmā.” Ṛta can mean path or knowledge, and thus indicates direct realization. Yat corresponds to the word tat and means yataḥ. ‘ Thus the meaning is as follows. Understand my internal energy called yoga-māyā. By this yoga-māya (yataḥ) spiritual or material objects (artham) useful for a certain purpose are revealed (pratīyeta) to a person who has directly realized Paramātmā and by this same yoga-māyā these objects are not perceived, or are covered now or at some other time, when a person has realized Paramātmā (ṛte ātmani). One should understand that material māyā covers objects from view without a spiritual purpose, whereas yoga-māyā covers objects with a specific spiritual purpose. In the case of yoga-māyā, yathābhāso yathā tamaḥ means “Just as a pot or cloth lit by a lamp is visible, and when it is covered by darkness it is not perceived.” That yoga-māyā by my will has qualities of revealing and obscuring, like light and darkness.

An example may be given. In order to show that Yaśodā’s love could not be restricted by a show of Kṛṣṇa’s power, yoga-māyā revealed the material universe within his stomach while simultaneously revealing the spiritual forms of Gokula, Yaśodā and Kṛṣṇa. Bewildered by yoga-māyā, Yaśodā perceived that directly, and after a moment did not perceive it, since yoga-māyā covered that realization.

In order show how prema is restricted by realization of power, Arjuna realized the universal form and the form of Paramātmā when it was revealed by yoga-māya. Because of the covering of yoga-māyā, he did not experience the svarūpa of Kṛṣṇa which was still present. At other times he did not experience either the universal form or Paramātmā, which was covered by yoga-māyā, but experienced Kṛṣṇa’s two armed form. At one time one form of the Lord was revealed, while another was covered. This is how it is different from yoga-māya acting on Yaśodā in the first example.

Here is another example. In order to destroy Brahmā’s thinking that he was the controller, yoga-māyā, by showing sweetness and power, made the real calves and cowherd boys invisible and showed calves and boys who were Kṛṣṇa himself, and then made those forms invisible and showed forms of Viṣṇu with four arms. Then yoga-māyā made those Viṣṇu forms disappear and showed the form of Kṛṣṇa. Brahmā was bewildered by these acts of yoga-māyā. The unique quality of yoga-māyā’s action here is that the one form of Brahmā observed repeated coverings and revelations of various forms of the Lord.

In order to show the inconceivable nature of his form, being both limited and unlimited by its very nature, and in order to show that he is brought under control by the efforts of pure service and by his mercy arising from seeing those efforts, yoga-māyā assisted in the Damodāra pastime. Yaśodā wanted to bind Kṛṣṇa, and at the same time, Kṛṣṇa did not want to be bound up. Simultaneously covering his power, yoga-māyā allowed Yaśodā to tie a string of bells around his waist, but displaying his power, did not allow her to tie a rope around his waist. The rope was always two fingers too short. Yaśodā, bewildered by yoga-māyā, which made it impossible for her to bind Kṛṣṇa according to his wish, experienced great astonishment for a moment. This power was then covered by yoga-māyā by Kṛṣṇa’s consent, in order to fulfill Yaśodā’s desire. Then she bound up Kṛṣṇa. The outstanding feature of yoga-māyā in this case is the simultaneous covering of and displaying of the power in Kṛṣṇa.

In order to fulfill invitations to each party, Kṛṣṇa simultaneously manifested his form to Śrutadev and Bahulāśva, and to Rukmiṇī and Satyabhāmā in their houses. By yoga-māyā he could perform his pastimes in each place by hiding the other form and revealing one form to each party. Simultaneously manifesting two different forms for Śrutadeva and Bahulāśva and hiding one form from each is different from yoga-māyā acting only upon one person such as Yāśodā. All of this is performed by yoga-māyā not the material māyā, since the persons who become bewildered by yoga-māyā get to see at least Paramātmā.

Those with bhakti-mīśra-jñānaParamātmā, after having destroyed vidyā and avidyā, seeing Kṛṣṇa with some devotion, by Kṛṣṇa’s mercy, realize him as Paramātmā when Kṛṣṇa descends on earth, though they do not have prema., and. Only those who have prema directly see Kṛṣṇa or Rāma according to Bhāgavatam. Yoga-māyā alone acts upon them as well, not material māyā. However persons like Kaṁsa, who see Kṛṣṇa by his desire, do not experience Paramātmā because of the hatred and other faults in their hearts. This is like persons with jaundice who eat sugar candy but do not taste the sweetness of the sugar. They are affected by material māyā, not yoga-māyā. The material māyā actually arises from yoga-māyā and is its vibhūti or expansion. It is said in Nārada-pañcarātra, in the speech of Śruti-vidyā:

asyā āvaraṇikā śaktir mahā-māyākhileśvarī | yayā mugdhaṁ jagat sarvaṁ sarva-dehābhimāninaḥ || iti |

Material māyā, the controller of all beings in the material world is the covering energy of yoga-māyā. By her the whole universe becomes bewildered and everyone thinks they are their bodies.

Yoga-māyā-śakti, a spiritual potency, is identified by the Lord with his spiritual body. Māyā-śakti, the material potency, a portion of yoga-māyā, which is different from his spiritual form, is not identified with his spiritual form, by the will of the Lord. When the snake gives up his skin which arises from him, that skin becomes material and inactive, as if arising from a non-living source. Śruti says:

sa yad ajayā tv ajām anuśayīta guṇāṁś ca juṣan bhajati sarūpatāṁ tad anu mṛtyum apeta-bhagaḥ tvam uta jahāsi tām ahir iva tvacam ātta-bhago mahasi mahīyase ’ṣṭa-guṇite ’parimeya-bhagaḥ

The illusory material nature attracts the minute living entity to embrace her, and as a result he assumes forms composed of her qualities. Subsequently, he loses all his spiritual qualities and must undergo repeated deaths. You, however, avoid the material energy in the same way that a snake abandons its old skin. Glorious in your possession of eight mystic perfections, you enjoy unlimited opulences. SB 10.87.38

Material māyā has three forms: pradhāna, avidyā and vidyā. The nature of pradhāna is described in the story of Jāyanteya. The various objects are created by pradhāna. They are real. The imposition of identity with bodies by the jīvas is created by avidyā. That is unreal. By vidyā that identity with the body is destroyed. These are the effects of the three śaktis. The world is made of these three. Part is true and part is untrue.

Because the jīvas are eternal and the Lord, his abode and other assistants to bhakti are beyond the material guṇas, certain portions within the material world are also eternal. However the world is described by various philosophers in various ways according to their own perspective.

kāryaṁ prādhānikaṁ satyaṁ kāryam avidyakaṁ mṛṣā | nityaṁ tad-bhakti-sambandham idaṁ tat tritayātmakam || prādhānikāḥ syur dehās tad-dharmā āvidyakāḥ punaḥ | jīveṣu tat-tat-sambando bhaktiś cen nirguṇāś ca te || cij-jīva-māyā nityāḥ syus tisraḥ kṛṣṇasya śaktayaḥ | tad-vṛttayaś ca tābhiḥ sa bhāty ekaḥ parameśvaraḥ | kārya-kāraṇayor aikyāc chakti-śaktimator api | ekam evādvayaṁ brahma neha nānāsti kiṁcana || bhaktānām eva siddhāntaś catuḥślokīyam īritā | śīlitā bhagavad-bhaktais tair eva na kilāparaiḥ ||

The products of pradhāna (and vidyā) are real. The products of avidyā are false. Those things related to the Lord and devotion are eternal. These three constitute the universe. The bodies are products of pradhāna and their nature is avidyā. If the jīvas’ bodies are related to bhakti, then they transcend the guṇas. The three śaktis of Kṛṣṇa -- cit-śakti, jīva-śakti and māyā śakti -- and their functions are eternal. The one Lord manifests his power by these śaktis. Because the effect and cause are one, and the śakti and the source of the śakti are one, it is said that there is only one, non-dual substance called brahman, and that there is no variety of objects at all in this world. This is the conclusion of the devotees, which is described in the four essential verses and cultivated by the devotees and not by others.

Related verses
Whatever appears valuable without relation to Him has no real value — it is illusion, a reflection in darkness. Things gain reality by being connected to Him. Dovetail everything; abandon nothing as an enemy of devotion.
Reflection Questions
  • Which 'valuable' thing in my life have I not yet connected to Him?
  • Where am I rejecting things as enemies of bhakti when I should be dovetailing them?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.35

↗
यथा महान्ति भूतानि भूतेषूच्चावचेष्वनु । प्रविष्टान्यप्रविष्टानि तथा तेषु न तेष्वहम् ॥ ३५ ॥
yathā mahānti bhūtāni
[yathaa mahaanti bhootaani]
bhūteṣūccāvaceṣv anu
[bhooteshoochchaavacheshv anu]
praviṣṭāny apraviṣṭāni
[pravishtaany apravishtaani]
tathā teṣu na teṣv aham
[tathaa teshu na teshv aham]
yathā — just as mahānti — the universal bhūtāni — elements bhūteṣu ucca-avaceṣu — in the minute and gigantic anu — after praviṣṭāni — entered apraviṣṭāni — not entered tathā — so teṣu — in them na — not teṣu — in them aham — Myself.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yathā mahānti bhūtāni
yathā
just as
mahānti
the universal
bhūtāni
elements
bhūteṣūccāvaceṣv anu
bhūteṣu ucca-avaceṣu
in the minute and gigantic
anu
after
praviṣṭāny apraviṣṭāni
praviṣṭāni
entered
apraviṣṭāni
not entered
tathā teṣu na teṣv aham
tathā
so
teṣu
in them
na
not
teṣu
in them
aham
Myself.
O Brahmā, please know that the universal elements enter into the cosmos and at the same time do not enter into the cosmos; similarly, I Myself also exist within everything created, and at the same time I am outside of everything.

The great elements of material creation, namely earth, water, fire, air and ether, all enter into the body of all manifested entities — the seas, mountains, aquatics, plants, reptiles, birds, beasts, human beings, demigods and everyone materially manifested — and at the same time such elements are differently situated. In the developed stage of consciousness, the human being can study both physiological and physical science, but the basic principles of such sciences are nothing but the material elements and nothing more. The body of the human being and the body of the mountain, as also the bodies of the demigods, including Brahmā, are all of the same ingredients — earth, water, etc. — and at the same time the elements are beyond the body. The elements were created first, and therefore they entered into the bodily construction later, but in both circumstances they entered the cosmos and also did not enter. Similarly, the Supreme Lord, by His different energies, namely the internal and external, is within everything in the manifested cosmos, and at the same time He is outside of everything, situated in the kingdom of God (Vaikuṇṭhaloka), as described before. This is very nicely stated in the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.37) as follows:

ānanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhāvitābhis tābhir ya eva nija-rūpatayā kalābhiḥ goloka eva nivasaty akhilātma-bhūto govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

“I worship the Personality of Godhead, Govinda, who, by expansion of His internal potency of transcendental existence, knowledge and bliss, enjoys in His own and expanded forms. Simultaneously He enters into every atom of the creation.”

This expansion of His plenary parts is also more definitely explained in the same Brahma-saṁhitā (5.35) as follows:

eko ’py asau racayituṁ jagad-aṇḍa-koṭiṁ yac-chaktir asti jagad-aṇḍa-cayā yad-antaḥ aṇḍāntara-stha-paramāṇu-cayāntara-sthaṁ govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

“I worship the Personality of Godhead, Govinda, who, by one of His plenary portions, enters into the existence of every universe and every particle of the atoms and thus unlimitedly manifests His infinite energy all over the material creation.”

The impersonalists can imagine or even perceive that the Supreme Brahman is thus all-pervading, and therefore they conclude that there is no possibility of His personal form. Herein lies the mystery of His transcendental knowledge. This mystery is transcendental love of Godhead, and one who is surcharged with such transcendental love of Godhead can without difficulty see the Personality of Godhead in every atom and every movable or immovable object. And at the same time he can see the Personality of Godhead in His own abode, Goloka, enjoying eternal pastimes with His eternal associates, who are also expansions of His transcendental existence. This vision is the real mystery of spiritual knowledge, as stated by the Lord in the beginning ( sarahasyaṁ tad-aṅgaṁ ca ). This mystery is the most confidential part of the knowledge of the Supreme, and it is impossible for the mental speculators to discover by dint of intellectual gymnastics. The mystery can be revealed through the process recommended by Brahmājī in his Brahma-saṁhitā (5.38) as follows:

premāñjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena santaḥ sadaiva hṛdayeṣu vilokayanti yaṁ śyāmasundaram acintya-guṇa-svarūpaṁ govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

“I worship the original Personality of Godhead, Govinda, whom the pure devotees, their eyes smeared with the ointment of love of Godhead, always observe within their hearts. This Govinda, the original Personality of Godhead, is Śyāmasundara with all transcendental qualities.”

Therefore, although He is present in every atom, the Supreme Personality of Godhead may not be visible to the dry speculators; still the mystery is unfolded before the eyes of the pure devotees because their eyes are anointed with love of Godhead. And this love of Godhead can be attained only by the practice of transcendental loving service of the Lord, and nothing else. The vision of the devotees is not ordinary; it is purified by the process of devotional service. In other words, as the universal elements are both within and without, similarly the Lord’s name, form, quality, pastimes, entourage, etc., as they are described in the revealed scriptures or as performed in the Vaikuṇṭhalokas, far, far beyond the material cosmic manifestation, are factually being televised in the heart of the devotee. The man with a poor fund of knowledge cannot understand, although by material science one can see things far away by means of television. Factually, the spiritually developed person is able to have the television of the kingdom of God always reflected within his heart. That is the mystery of knowledge of the Personality of Godhead.

The Lord can award anyone and everyone liberation ( mukti ) from the bondage of material existence, yet He rarely awards the privilege of love of Godhead, as confirmed by Nārada ( muktiṁ dadhāti karhicit sma na bhakti-yogam ). This transcendental devotional service of the Lord is so wonderful that the occupation keeps the deserving devotee always rapt in psychological activities, without deviation from the absolute touch. Thus love of Godhead, developed in the heart of the devotee, is a great mystery. Brahmājī previously told Nārada that the desires of Brahmājī are never unfulfilled because he is always absorbed in the transcendental loving service of the Lord; nor has he any desire in his heart save and except the transcendental service of the Lord. That is the beauty and mystery of the process of bhakti-yoga. As the Lord’s desire is infallible because He is acyuta, similarly the desires of the devotees in the transcendental service of the Lord are also acyuta, infallible. This is very difficult, however, for the layman to understand without knowledge of the mystery of devotional service, as it is very difficult to know the potency of touchstone. As touchstone is rarely found, a pure devotee of the Lord is also rarely to be seen, even amongst millions of liberated souls ( koṭiṣv api mahāmune ). Out of all kinds of perfections attained by the process of knowledge, yoga perfection in devotional service is the highest of all and the most mysterious also, even more mysterious than the eight kinds of mystic perfection attained by the process of yogic performances. In the Bhagavad-gītā (18.64) the Lord therefore advised Arjuna about this bhakti-yoga:

sarva-guhyatamaṁ bhūyaḥ śṛṇu me paramaṁ vacaḥ

“Just hear from Me again about the most confidential part of the instructions in Bhagavad-gītā. ” The same was confirmed by Brahmājī to Nārada in the following words:

idaṁ bhāgavataṁ nāma yan me bhagavatoditam saṅgraho ’yaṁ vibhūtīnāṁ tvam etad vipulīkuru

Brahmājī said to Nārada, “Whatever I have spoken to you about the Bhāgavatam was explained to me by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and I am advising you to expand these topics nicely so that people may easily understand the mysterious bhakti-yoga by transcendental loving service to the Lord.” It is to be noted here that the mystery of bhakti-yoga was disclosed to Brahmājī by the Lord Himself. Brahmājī explained the same mystery to Nārada, Nārada explained it to Vyāsa, Vyāsa explained it to Śukadeva Gosvāmī, and that same knowledge is coming down in the unalloyed chain of disciplic succession. If one is fortunate enough to have received the knowledge in the transcendental disciplic succession, surely he will have the chance to understand the mystery of the Lord and that of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, the sound incarnation of the Lord.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Just as the elements enter into all beings and also remain separate, I enter into all beings and remain separate when I perform my pastimes. In pastimes related to the material world I remain detached and in pastimes related to devotees, I am attached.
Commentary

Having described māyā and yoga-māyā by taking two meanings to the previous verse, the Lord now describes how he performs pastimes in the material and spiritual worlds which are subject to māyā and yoga-mayā respectively. This answers Brahṁā’s question in verse 28.

Just as the elements such as ether enter into living beings such as devatās, men and animals, since they are acquired by the jīvas, and at the same time do not enter into them, since they maintain a separate existence, I also enter into the elements and the living beings and also do not enter them, remaining separately in my abode which is śuddha-sattva.

The entrance of the elements into the living beings is without attachment since the elements are not conscious. Like the ether, though I am conscious, like a man who lives in his house without attachment, I remain without attachment while entering, regulating and protecting all beings. My pastimes are without attachment in relation to the elements and the living beings within the material world.

But I desire to show my self to my obedient devotees who have entered my heart, who have perfected themselves and bow to me. Remaining separate, not entering their hearts, I desire to offer my beauty to their eyes. I desire that my fragrance enters their nostrils and desire to fill their ears with the nectar of my sweet voice, speaking with them and answering them. I desire to make their limbs experience the sweet softness of my body by touching and embracing them. Thus situated inside my devotees and externally as well, I perform pastimes with great attachment for my pure devotees beyond the guṇas, whom I cannot give up.

Like elements that enter every body yet are also outside, the Lord is inside every created thing and yet outside everything. Both/and, again. The Lord's intimacy doesn't diminish His transcendence.
Reflection Questions
  • Do I lean too far toward His transcendence and lose the intimacy, or vice versa?
  • What practice would let me hold both without collapsing one?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.36

↗
एतावदेव जिज्ञास्यं तत्त्वजिज्ञासुनात्मन: । अन्वयव्यतिरेकाभ्यां यत् स्यात् सर्वत्र सर्वदा ॥ ३६ ॥
etāvad eva jijñāsyaṁ
[etaavad eva jijnaasyam]
tattva-jijñāsunātmanaḥ
[tattva-jijnaasunaatmanah]
anvaya-vyatirekābhyāṁ
[anvaya-vyatirekaabhyaam]
yat syāt sarvatra sarvadā
[yat syaat sarvatra sarvadaa]
etāvat — up to this eva — certainly jijñāsyam — is to be inquired tattva — the Absolute Truth jijñāsunā — by the student ātmanaḥ — of the Self anvaya — directly vyatirekābhyām — indirectly yat — whatever syāt — it may be sarvatra — in all space and time sarvadā — in all circumstances.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
etāvad eva jijñāsyaṁ
etāvat
up to this
eva
certainly
jijñāsyam
is to be inquired
tattva-jijñāsunātmanaḥ
tattva
the Absolute Truth
jijñāsunā
by the student
ātmanaḥ
of the Self
anvaya-vyatirekābhyāṁ
anvaya
directly
vyatirekābhyām
indirectly
yat
whatever
yat syāt sarvatra sarvadā
syāt
it may be
sarvatra
in all space and time
sarvadā
in all circumstances.
A person who is searching after the Supreme Absolute Truth, the Personality of Godhead, must certainly search for it up to this, in all circumstances, in all space and time, and both directly and indirectly.

To unfold the mystery of bhakti-yoga, as it is explained in the previous verse, is the ultimate stage of all inquiries, or the highest objective for the inquisitive. Everyone is searching after self-realization in different ways — by karma-yoga, by jñāna-yoga, by dhyāna-yoga, by rāja-yoga, by bhakti-yoga, etc. To engage in self-realization is the responsibility of every living entity developed in consciousness. One who is developed in consciousness certainly makes inquiries into the mystery of the self, of the cosmic situation and of the problems of life, in all spheres and fields — social, political, economic, cultural, religious, moral, etc. — and in their different branches. But here the goal of all such inquiries is explained.

The Vedānta-sūtra philosophy begins with this inquiry about life, and the Bhāgavatam answers such inquiries up to this point, or the mystery of all inquiries. Lord Brahmā wanted to be perfectly educated by the Personality of Godhead, and here is the answer by the Lord, finished in four nutshell verses, from aham eva to this verse, etāvad eva. This is the end of all self-realization processes. Men do not know that the ultimate goal of life is Viṣṇu, or the Supreme Personality of Godhead, due to being bewildered by the glaring reflection in the darkness, and as such, everyone is entering into the darkest region of material existence, driven by the uncontrolled senses. The whole material existence has sprung up because of sense gratification, desires based principally on the sex desire, and the result is that in spite of all advancement of knowledge, the final goal of all the activities of the living entities is sense gratification. But here is the real goal of life, and everyone should know it by inquiries put before a bona fide spiritual master expert in the science of bhakti-yoga, or from a living personality of Bhāgavatam life. Everyone is engaged in various kinds of scriptural inquiries, but the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam gives answers to all of the various students of self-realization: this ultimate objective of life is not to be searched out without great labor or perseverance. One who is imbued with such sincere inquiries must ask the bona fide spiritual master in the disciplic succession from Brahmājī, and that is the direction given here. Because the mystery was disclosed before Brahmājī by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the mystery of all such inquiries regarding self-realization must be put before such a spiritual master, who is directly the representative of the Lord, acknowledged in that disciplic succession. Such a bona fide spiritual master is able to clear up the whole thing by evidence from the revealed scriptures, both direct and indirect. Although everyone is free to consult the revealed scriptures in this connection, one still requires the guidance of a bona fide spiritual master, and that is the direction in this verse. The bona fide spiritual master is the most confidential representative of the Lord, and one must receive direction from the spiritual master in the same spirit that Brahmājī received it from the Personality of Godhead, Lord Kṛṣṇa. The bona fide spiritual master in that bona fide chain of disciplic succession never claims to be the Lord Himself, although such a spiritual master is greater than the Lord in the sense that he can deliver the Lord by his personally realized experience. The Lord is not to be found simply by education or by a good fertile brain, but surely He can be found by the sincere student through the transparent medium of the bona fide spiritual master.

The revealed scriptures give directions directly to this end, but because the bewildered living entities are blinded by the glaring reflection in the darkness, they are unable to find the truth of the revealed scriptures. For example, in the Bhagavad-gītā the whole direction is targeted toward the Personality of Godhead Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, but for want of a bona fide spiritual master in the line of Brahmājī or the direct hearer, Arjuna, there are different distortions of the revealed knowledge by many unauthorized persons who just want to satisfy their own whims. Undoubtedly the Bhagavad-gītā is accepted as one of the most brilliant stars in the horizon of the spiritual sky, yet the interpretations of this great book of knowledge have so grossly been distorted that every student of the Bhagavad-gītā is still in the same darkness of glaring material reflections. Such students are hardly enlightened by the Bhagavad-gītā. In the Gītā practically the same instruction is imparted as in the four prime verses of the Bhāgavatam, but due to wrong and fashionable interpretations by unauthorized persons, one cannot reach the ultimate conclusion. In the Bhagavad-gītā (18.61) it is clearly said:

īśvaraḥ sarva-bhūtānāṁ hṛd-deśe ’rjuna tiṣṭhati bhrāmayan sarva-bhūtāni yantrārūḍhāni māyayā

The Lord is situated in the heart of all living beings (as Paramātmā), and He is controlling all of them in the material world under the agency of His external energy. Therefore it is clearly mentioned that the Lord is the supreme controller and that the living entities are controlled by the Lord. In the same Bhagavad-gītā (18.65) the Lord directs as follows:

man-manā bhava mad-bhakto mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru mām evaiṣyasi satyaṁ te pratijāne priyo ’si me

It is clear from this verse of the Bhagavad-gītā that the direction of the Lord is that one should be God-minded, a devotee of the Lord, a worshiper of the Lord, and must offer all obeisances unto Lord Kṛṣṇa. By so doing, the devotee will undoubtedly go back to Godhead, back to home.

Indirectly it is said that the whole Vedic social construction of human society is so made that everyone acts as a part and parcel of the complete body of the Lord. The intelligent class of men, or the brāhmaṇas, are situated on the face of the Lord; the administrative class of men, the kṣatriyas, are situated on the arms of the Lord; the productive class of men, the vaiśyas, are situated on the belt of the Lord; and the laborer class of men, the śūdras, are situated on the legs of the Lord. Therefore the complete social construction is the body of the Lord, and all the parts of the body, namely the brāhmaṇas, the kṣatriyas, the vaiśyas and the śūdras, are meant to serve the Lord’s whole body conjointly; otherwise the parts become unfit to be coordinated with the supreme consciousness of oneness. Universal consciousness is factually achieved by coordinated service of all concerned to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and that alone can insure total perfection. Therefore even the great scientists, the great philosophers, the great mental speculators, the great politicians, the great industrialists, the great social reformers, etc., cannot give any relief to the restless society of the material world because they do not know the secret of success as mentioned in this verse of the Bhāgavatam, namely that one must know the mystery of bhakti-yoga. In the Bhagavad-gītā (7.15) also it is said:

na māṁ duṣkṛtino mūḍhāḥ prapadyante narādhamāḥ māyayāpahṛta-jñānā āsuraṁ bhāvam āśritāḥ

Because the so-called great leaders of human society are ignorant of this great knowledge of bhakti-yoga and are always engaged in ignoble acts of sense gratification, bewildered by the external energy of the Lord, they are stubborn rebels against the supremacy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and they never agree to surrender unto Him because they are fools, miscreants and the lowest type of human beings. Such faithless nonbelievers may be highly educated in the material sense of the term, but factually they are the greatest fools of the world because by the influence of the external, material nature all their so-called acquisition of knowledge has been made null and void. Therefore all advancement of knowledge in the present context of things is being misused by cats and dogs fighting with one another for sense gratification, and all acquisition of knowledge in science, philosophy, fine arts, nationalism, economic development, religion and great activities are being spoiled by being used as dresses for dead men. There is no utility in the dresses used for covering a coffin of a dead body save getting false applause from the ignorant public. The Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam therefore says again and again that without attainment of the status of bhakti-yoga, all the activities of human society are to be considered absolute failures only. It is said:

parābhavas tāvad abodha-jāto yāvan na jijñāsata ātma-tattvam yāvat kriyās tāvad idaṁ mano vai karmātmakaṁ yena śarīra-bandhaḥ

( Bhāg. 5.5.5 )

As long as one is blind to inquiring after self-realization, all material activities, however great they may be, are all different kinds of defeat because the aim of human life is not fulfilled by such unwanted and profitless activities. The function of the human body is to attain freedom from material bondage, but as long as one is fully absorbed in material activities, his mind will be overwhelmed in the whirlpool of matter, and thus he will continue to be encaged in material bodies life after life:

evaṁ manaḥ karma-vaśaṁ prayuṅkte avidyayātmany upadhīyamāne prītir na yāvan mayi vāsudeve na mucyate deha-yogena tāvat

( Bhāg. 5.5.6 )

It is one’s mind that generates different kinds of bodies for suffering different kinds of material pangs. Therefore as long as the mind is absorbed in fruitive activities, the mind is understood to be absorbed in nescience, and thus one is sure to be subjected to material bondage in different bodies again and again until one develops a transcendental love for Godhead, Vāsudeva, the Supreme Person. To become absorbed in the transcendental name, quality, form and activities of the Supreme Person, Vāsudeva, means to change the temper of the mind from matter to absolute knowledge, which leads one to the path of absolute realization and thus frees one from the bondage of material contact and encagements in different material bodies.

Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī Prabhupāda therefore comments on the words sarvatra sarvadā in the sense that the principles of bhakti-yoga, or devotional service to the Lord, are apt in all circumstances; i.e., bhakti-yoga is recommended in all the revealed scriptures, it is performed by all authorities, it is important in all places, it is useful in all causes and effects, etc. As far as all the revealed scriptures are concerned, he quotes from the Skanda Purāṇa on the topics of Brahmā and Nārada as follows:

saṁsāre ’smin mahā-ghore janma-mṛtyu-samākule pūjanaṁ vāsudevasya tārakaṁ vādibhiḥ smṛtam

In the material world, which is full of darkness and dangers, combined with birth and death and full of different anxieties, the only way to get out of the great entanglement is to accept loving transcendental devotional service to Lord Vāsudeva. This is accepted by all classes of philosophers.

Śrīla Jīva Gosvāmī also quotes another common passage, which is found in three Purāṇas, namely the Padma Purāṇa, Skanda Purāṇa and Liṅga Purāṇa. It runs as follows:

āloḍya sarva-śāstrāni vicārya ca punaḥ punaḥ idam ekaṁ suniṣpannaṁ dhyeyo nārāyaṇaḥ sadā

“By scrutinizingly reviewing all the revealed scriptures and judging them again and again, it is now concluded that Lord Nārāyaṇa is the Supreme Absolute Truth, and thus He alone should be worshiped.”

The same truth is also indirectly described in the Garuḍa Purāṇa as follows:

parāṁ gato ’pi vedānāṁ sarva-śāstrārtha-vedy api yo na sarveśvare bhaktas taṁ vidyāt puruṣādhamam

“Even though one may have gone to the other side of all the Vedas, and even though one is well versed in all the revealed scriptures, if one is not a devotee of the Supreme Lord, he must be considered the lowest of mankind.” Similarly, it is also stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (5.18.12) indirectly as follows:

yasyāsti bhaktir bhagavaty akiñcanā sarvair guṇais tatra samāsate surāḥ harāv abhaktasya kuto mahad-guṇā mano-rathenāsati dhāvato bahiḥ

One who has unflinching devotion unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead must have all the good qualities of the demigods, and contrarily one who is not a devotee of the Lord must be hovering in the darkness of mental speculation and thus must be engaged in material impermanence. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.11.18) says:

śabda-brahmaṇi niṣṇāto na niṣṇāyāt pare yadi śramas tasya śrama-phalo hy adhenum iva rakṣataḥ

“One may be well versed in all the transcendental literature of the Vedas, but if he fails to be acquainted with the Supreme, then it must be concluded that all of his education is like the burden of a beast or like one’s keeping a cow without milking capacity.”

Similarly, the liberty of discharging loving transcendental service to the Lord is invested in everyone, even the women, the śūdras, the forest tribes, or any other living beings born in sinful conditions.

te vai vidanty atitaranti ca deva-māyāṁ strī-śūdra-hūṇa-śabarā api pāpa-jīvāḥ yady adbhuta-krama-parāyaṇa-śīlaśikṣās tiryag-janā api kimu śruta-dhāraṇā ye

( Bhāg. 2.7.46 )

The lowest of human beings can be elevated to the highest stage of devotional life if they are trained by the bona fide spiritual master well versed in the transcendental loving service of the Lord. If the lowest can be so elevated, then what to speak of the highest, who are well versed in the Vedic knowledge? The conclusion is that devotional service to the Lord is open for all, regardless of who they are. That is the confirmation of its application for all kinds of performers of the service.

Therefore the devotional service of the Lord with perfect knowledge through the training of a bona fide spiritual master is advised for everyone, even if one happens not to be a human being. This is confirmed in the Garuḍa Purāṇa as follows:

kīṭa-pakṣi-mṛgāṇāṁ ca harau sannyasta-cetasām ūrdhvām eva gatiṁ manye kiṁ punar jñānināṁ nṛṇām

“Even the worms, birds and beasts are assured of elevation to the highest perfectional life if they are completely surrendered to the transcendental loving service of the Lord, so what to speak of the philosophers amongst the human beings?”

Therefore there is no need to seek properly qualified candidates for discharging devotional service to the Lord. Let them be either well-behaved or ill trained, let them be either learned or fools, let them be either grossly attached or in the renounced order of life, let them be liberated souls or desirous of salvation, let them be inexpert in the discharge of devotional service or expert in the same — all of them can be elevated to the supreme position by discharging devotional service under the proper guidance. This is also confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā (9.30, 32) as follows:

api cet sudurācāro bhajate mām ananya-bhāk sādhur eva sa mantavyaḥ samyag vyavasito hi saḥ

māṁ hi pārtha vyapāśritya ye ’pi syuḥ pāpa-yonayaḥ striyo vaiśyās tathā śūdrās te ’pi yānti parāṁ gatim

Even if a person is fully addicted to all sorts of sinful acts, if he happens to be engaged in the loving transcendental service of the Lord under proper guidance, he is to be considered the most perfect holy man without a doubt. And thus any person, whatsoever and whosoever he or she may be — even the fallen woman, the less intelligent laborer, the dull mercantile man, or even a man lower than all these — can attain the highest perfection of life by going back home, back to Godhead, provided he or she takes shelter of the lotus feet of the Lord in all earnestness. This sincere earnestness is the only qualification that can lead one to the highest perfectional stage of life, and unless and until such real earnestness is aroused, there is a difference between cleanliness or uncleanliness, learning or nonlearning, in the material estimation. Fire is always fire, and thus if someone touches the fire, knowingly or unknowingly, the fire will act in its own way without discrimination. The principle is: harir harati pāpāni duṣṭa-cittair api smṛtaḥ. The all-powerful Lord can purify the devotee of all sinful reactions, just as the sun can sterilize all sorts of infections by its powerful rays. “Attraction for material enjoyment cannot act upon a pure devotee of the Lord.” There are hundreds and thousands of aphorisms in the revealed scriptures. Ātmārāmāś ca munayaḥ: “Even the self-realized souls are also attracted by the transcendental loving service of the Lord.” Kecit kevalayā bhaktyā vāsudeva-parāyaṇāḥ: “Simply by hearing and chanting, one becomes a great devotee of Lord Vāsudeva.” Na calati bhagavat-padāravindāl lavanimiṣārdham api sa vaiṣṇavāgryaḥ: “A person who does not move from the lotus feet of the Lord even for a moment or a second is to be considered the greatest of all Vaiṣṇavas.” Bhagavat-pārṣadatāṁ prāpte mat-sevayā pratītaṁ te: “The pure devotees are convinced of attaining the association of the Personality of Godhead, and thus they are always engaged in the transcendental loving service of the Lord.” Therefore in all continents, in all planets, in all universes, devotional service to the Lord, or bhakti-yoga, is current, and that is the statement of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and allied scriptures. “Everywhere” means in every part of the creation of the Lord. The Lord can be served by all the senses, or even simply by the mind. The South Indian brāhmaṇa who served the Lord simply on the strength of his mind also factually realized the Lord. Success is guaranteed for a devotee who fully engages any one of his senses in the mode of devotional service. The Lord can be served by any ingredient, even the most common commodity — a flower, a leaf, a fruit or a little water, which are available in any part of the universe and without cost — and thus the Lord is served universally by the universal entities. He can be served simply by hearing, He can be served simply by chanting or reading about His activities, He can be served simply by adoring Him and accepting Him.

In the Bhagavad-gītā it is stated that one can serve the Lord by offering the result of one’s own work; it does not matter what one does. Generally men may say that whatever they are doing is inspired by God, but that is not all. One should actually work on behalf of God as a servant of God. The Lord says in the Bhagavad-gītā (9.27) :

yat karoṣi yad aśnāsi yaj juhoṣi dadāsi yat yat tapasyasi kaunteya tat kuruṣva mad-arpaṇam

Do whatever you like or whatever may be easier for you to do, eat whatever you may eat, sacrifice whatever you can sacrifice, give whatever you may give in charity, and do whatever you may undertake in penance, but everything must be done for Him only. If you do business or if you accept some employment, do so on behalf of the Lord. Whatever you may eat, you may offer the same to the Lord and be assured that He will return the food after eating it Himself. He is the complete whole, and therefore whatever He may eat as offered by the devotee is accepted because of the devotee’s love, but again it is returned as prasāda for the devotee so that he can be happy by eating. In other words, be a servant of God and live peacefully in that consciousness, ultimately returning home, back to Godhead.

It is said in the Skanda Purāṇa:

yasya smṛtyā ca nāmoktyā tapo-yajña-kriyādiṣu nūnaṁ sampūrṇatām eti sadyo vande tam acyutam

“I offer my obeisances unto Him, the infallible, because simply by either remembering Him or vibrating His holy name one can attain the perfection of all penances, sacrifices or fruitive activities, and this process can be universally followed.” It is enjoined ( Bhāg. 2.3.10 ):

akāmaḥ sarva-kāmo vā mokṣa-kāma udāra-dhīḥ tīvreṇa bhakti-yogena yajeta puruṣaṁ param

Though a person be full of desires or have no desires, he may follow this path of infallible bhakti-yoga for complete perfection.” One need not be anxious to propitiate each and every demigod and goddess because the root of all of them is the Personality of Godhead. As by pouring water on the root of the tree one serves and enlivens all the branches and leaves, so by rendering service unto the Supreme Lord one automatically serves every god and goddess without extraneous effort. The Lord is all-pervading, and therefore service unto Him is also all-pervading. This fact is corroborated in the Skanda Purāṇa as follows:

arcite deva-deveśe śaṅkha-cakra-gadā-dhare arcitāḥ sarva-devāḥ syur yataḥ sarva-gato hariḥ

When the Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead, who carries in His hands a conchshell, wheel, club and lotus flower, is worshiped, certainly all other demigods are worshiped automatically because Hari, the Personality of Godhead, is all-pervading. Therefore, in all cases, namely nominative, objective, causative, dative, ablative, possessive and supportive, everyone is benefited by such transcendental loving service to the Lord. The man who worships the Lord, the Lord Himself who is worshiped, the cause for which the Lord is worshiped, the source of supply, the place where such worship is done, etc. — everything is benefited by such an action.

Even during the annihilation of the material world, the process of bhakti-yoga can be applied. Kālena naṣṭā pralaye vāṇīyam: the Lord is worshiped in devastation because He protects the Vedas from being annihilated. He is worshiped in every millennium or yuga. As it is said in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (12.3.52) :

kṛte yad dhyāyato viṣṇuṁ tretāyāṁ yajato makhaiḥ dvāpare paricaryāyāṁ kalau tad dhari-kīrtanāt

In the Viṣṇu Purāṇa it is written:

sa hānis tan mahac chidraṁ sa mohaḥ sa ca vibhramaḥ yan-muhūrtaṁ kṣaṇaṁ vāpi vāsudevaṁ na cintayet

“If even for a moment remembrance of Vāsudeva, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is missed, that is the greatest loss, that is the greatest illusion, and that is the greatest anomaly.” The Lord can be worshiped in all stages of life. For instance, even in the wombs of their mothers Mahārāja Prahlāda and Mahārāja Parīkṣit worshiped the Lord; even in his very childhood, at the age of only five years, Dhruva Mahārāja worshiped the Lord; even in full youth, Mahārāja Ambarīṣa worshiped the Lord; and even at the last stage of his frustration and old age Mahārāja Dhṛtarāṣṭra worshiped the Lord. Ajāmila worshiped the Lord even at the point of death, and Citraketu worshiped the Lord even in heaven and in hell. In the Narasiṁha Purāṇa it is said that as the hellish inhabitants began to chant the holy name of the Lord they began to be elevated from hell towards heaven. Durvāsā Muni has also supported this view: mucyeta yan-nāmny udite nārako ’pi. “Simply by chanting the holy name of the Lord the inhabitants of hell became released from their hellish persecution.” So the conclusion of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, as given by Śukadeva Gosvāmī to Mahārāja Parīkṣit, is:

etan nirvidyamānānām icchatām akuto-bhayam yogināṁ nṛpa nirṇītaṁ harer nāmānukīrtanam

“O King, it is finally decided that everyone, namely those in the renounced order of life, the mystics, and the enjoyers of fruitive work, should chant the holy name of the Lord fearlessly to achieve the desired success in their pursuits.” ( Bhāg. 2.1.11 )

Similarly, as indicated indirectly in various places in revealed scriptures:

1. Even though one is well versed in all the Vedas and scriptures, if one is not a devotee of the Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead, he is considered to be the lowest of mankind.

2. In the Garuḍa Purāṇa, Bṛhan-nāradīya Purāṇa and Padma Purāṇa, the same is repeated: What is the use of Vedic knowledge and penances for one who is devoid of devotional service to the Lord?

3. What is the comparison of thousands of prajāpatis to one devotee of the Lord?

4. Śukadeva Gosvāmī said ( Bhāg. 2.4.17 ) that neither the ascetic, nor one who is greatly munificent, nor one who is famous, nor the great philosopher, nor the great occultist, nor anyone else can achieve the desired result without being engaged in the service of the Lord.

5. Even if a place is more glorious than heaven, if there is no glorification of the Lord of Vaikuṇṭha or His pure devotee, it should at once be quitted.

6. The pure devotee refuses to accept all the five different types of liberation in order to be engaged in the service of the Lord.

The final conclusion, therefore, is that the glories of the Lord must be always and everywhere proclaimed. One should hear about His glories, one should chant about His glories, and one should always remember His glories because that is the highest perfectional stage of life. As far as fruitive work is concerned, it is limited to an enjoyable body; as far as yoga is concerned, it is limited to the acquirement of mystic power; as far as empiric philosophy is concerned, it is limited to the attainment of transcendental knowledge; and as far as transcendental knowledge is concerned, it is limited to attainment of salvation. Even if they are adopted, there is every chance of discrepancies in discharging the particular type of functions. But adoption of the transcendental devotional service of the Lord has no limit, nor is there fear of falling down. The process automatically reaches the final stage by the grace of the Lord. In the preliminary stage of devotional service there is an apparent requisite for knowledge, but in the higher stage there is no necessity of such knowledge. The best and guaranteed path of progress is therefore engagement in bhakti-yoga, pure devotional service.

The cream of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in the foregoing four ślokas is sometimes squeezed out by the impersonalist for different interpretations in their favor, but it should be carefully noted that the four ślokas were first described by the Personality of Godhead Himself, and thus the impersonalist has no scope to enter into them because he has no conception of the Personality of Godhead. Therefore, the impersonalist may squeeze out any interpretations from them, but such interpretations will never be accepted by those who are taught in the disciplic succession from Brahmā, as will be cleared up in the following verses. Besides that, the śruti confirms that the Supreme Truth Absolute Personality of Godhead never reveals Himself to anyone who is falsely proud of his academic knowledge. The śruti-mantra clearly says ( Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.23):

nāyam ātmā pravacanena labhyo na medhayā na bahudhā śrutena yam evaiṣa vṛṇute tena labhyas tasyaiṣa ātmā vivṛṇute tanuṁ svām

The whole matter is explained by the Lord Himself, and one who has no approach to the Lord in His personal feature can rarely understand the purport of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam without being taught by the bhāgavatas in the disciplic succession.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
The person desiring to know the best sādhana and the goal of that sādhana must learn by surrender to guru about this truth which is determined as the best by obtaining positive results through performance and by lack of results through non-performance, and by performance at all times and all places. The person desiring the highest truth must experience rasa, which produces bliss through meeting and separation and continues in all places eternally.
Commentary

In verse 29 Brahmā requesting instructions with bhagavac-chikṣitam ahaṁ karavāṇi hy atandritaḥ. The Lord now speaks on the sādhana for attaining the Lord, but because it is very confidential, it is not understood by materialistic persons. One should not be dependent on extensive study of scriptures. Persons desiring to know the best sādhana for the self should learn from the feet of the guru (jijñāsyam).

This means: “You will understand by my mercy alone.” What is this? Among the sādhanas of karma, jñāna, yoga and bhakti, bhakti should be fixed as the process through positive results by performance and lack of results by non-performance. Karma, jñāna and yoga by themselves cannot give even Svarga or liberation, and even without these practices one can attain those goals. Therefore these are not the sādhana.

tyaktvā sva-dharmaṁ caraṇāmbujaṁ harer bhajann apakvo ’tha patet tato yadi yatra kva vābhadram abhūd amuṣya kiṁ ko vārtha āpto ’bhajatāṁ sva-dharmataḥ

If someone gives up his occupational duties and works in Kṛṣṇa consciousness and then falls down on account of not completing his work, what loss is there on his part? And what can one gain if one performs his material activities perfectly? SB 1.5.17

śreyaḥ-sṛtiṁ bhaktim udasya te vibho kliśyanti ye kevala-bodha-labdhaye teṣām asau kleśala eva śiṣyate nānyad yathā sthūla-tuṣāvaghātinām

My dear Lord, devotional service unto you is the best path for self-realization. If someone gives up that path and engages in the cultivation of speculative knowledge, he will simply undergo a troublesome process and will not achieve his desired result. As a person who beats an empty husk of wheat cannot get grain, one who simply speculates cannot achieve self-realization. His only gain is trouble. SB 10.14.4

pureha bhūman bahavo ’pi yoginas tvad-arpitehā nija-karma-labdhayā vibudhya bhaktyaiva kathopanītayā prapedire ’ñjo ’cyuta te gatiṁ parām

O almighty Lord, in the past many yogīs in this world achieved the platform of devotional service by offering all their endeavors unto you and faithfully carrying out their prescribed duties. Through such devotional service, perfected by the processes of hearing and chanting about you, they came to understand you, O infallible one, and could easily surrender to you and achieve your supreme abode. SB 10.14.5

yat karmabhir yat tapasā jñāna-vairāgyataś ca yat yogena dāna-dharmeṇa śreyobhir itarair api

sarvaṁ mad-bhakti-yogena mad-bhakto labhate ’ñjasā svargāpavargaṁ mad-dhāma kathañcid yadi vāñchati

Everything that can be achieved by fruitive activities, penance, knowledge, detachment, mystic yoga, charity, religious duties and all other means of perfecting life is easily achieved by my devotee through loving service unto me. If somehow or other my devotee desires promotion to heaven, liberation, or residence in my abode, he easily achieves such benedictions. SB 11.20.32-33

yā vai sādhana-sampattiḥ puruṣārtha-catuṣṭaye | tayā vinā tad āpnoti naro nārāyaṇāśrayaḥ ||

A wealth of sādhana brings about the four human goals. Without that, however, a man who surrenders to the Lord attains all of that. Mokṣa-dharma

By pure bhakti alone, the highest results can be achieved, and without bhakti, the highest results cannot be achieved. Thus bhakti is fixed as the best among all sādhanas by showing what is achieved by it positively and what is not achieved by its absence (anvaya-vyatirekābhyām). The positive aspect is shown in the following statement:

akāmaḥ sarva-kāmo vā mokṣa-kāma udāra-dhīḥ | tīvreṇa bhakti-yogena yajeta puruṣaṁ param ||

The person desiring destruction of all desires, the person with all desires, even the person with the intense desire for liberation, if he has good intelligence, will worship the Supreme Lord with pure bhakti. SB 2.3.10

The sharpness (tīvreṇa) of pure bhakti is service which is like the sun unobstructed by clouds. The verse quoted above -- SB 11.20.32 -- also illustrates the positive aspect.

The negative aspect, in the absence of bhakti, is illustrated in the following:

mukha-bāhūru-pādebhyaḥ puruṣasyāśramaiḥ saha catvāro jajñire varṇā guṇair viprādayaḥ pṛthak

ya eṣāṁ puruṣaṁ sākṣād ātma-prabhavam īśvaram na bhajanty avajānanti sthānād bhraṣṭāḥ patanty adhaḥ

Each of the four social orders, headed by the brāhmaṇas, was born through different combinations of the modes of nature, from the face, arms, thighs and feet of the Supreme Lord in his universal form, along with the āśramas. If any of the members of the four varṇas and four āśramas fail to worship or disrespect the Lord, who is the source of their own creation, they will fall down from their āśrama. SB 11.5.2-3

tapasvino dāna-parā yaśasvino manasvino mantra-vidaḥ sumaṅgalāḥ kṣemaṁ na vindanti vinā yad-arpaṇaṁ tasmai subhadra-śravase namo namaḥ

I offer continual respects to the Lord full of auspicious qualities. Without worshipping him, the jñānīs, karmīs, specialized karmīs, yogīs, scholars of the Vedas and followers of proper conduct cannot attain any benefit. SB 2.4.17

There are no restrictions of place and time concerning this sādhana. In all places, with all candidates, and at all times this should be performed with steadiness. However, one must perform karma with purity in a pure place and one can attain jñāna only with a pure mind. Karma and jñāna cannot be performed in all places and at all times. Śucau deśe prati??h?pya sukham ?sanam ?tmanaḥ | yuñjyād yogam ātma-viśuddhaye: the yogī should perform yoga after establishing himself comfortably on a seat in a pure place (BG 6.11) In terms of time, karma is practiced only until one attains detachment from enjoyment. Yoga is practiced only until one has attained siddhis. Sāṅkhya is performed only until one has attained knowledge. Jñāna is performed only until liberation. These methods are not practiced at all times. Bhakti however is well known for being practiced at all times and at all places.

na deśa-niyamas tatra na kāla-nirṇayas tathā | nocchiṣṭādau niṣedho’sti śrī-harer nāmni lubdhake ||

In chanting the name of the Lord, there are no restrictions concerning place or time, or restrictions on performance because of impurity.

tasmāt sarvātmanā rājan hariḥ sarvatra sarvadā | śrotavyaḥ kīrtitavyaś ca smartavyo bhagavān nṛṇām ||

O King! Therefore, at all times and all places without restriction men should hear about, glorify and remember the Supreme Lord with full concentration of mind. BG 2.2.36

The practice of bhakti is also applicable to all types of people including the practitioners of karma and jñāna. It is even to be performed by the most fallen by birth or activities:

kirāta-hūṇāndhra-pulinda-pulkaśā ābhīra-śumbhā yavanāḥ khasādayaḥ | ye’nye ca pāpā yad-upāśrayāśrayāḥ śudhyanti tasmai prabhaviṣṇave namaḥ ||

I offer respects to the lord of inconceivable power. The Kirātas, Hūṇa,s Andhras, Pulindas, Pulkaśas, Abhīras, Śumbhas, Yavanas, Khasas and others of low birth, and those sinful by actions, by taking shelter of the devotees who take shelter of the powerful Lord, become purified of their prārabdha-karmas. SB 2.4.18

Bhakti can be practiced in all stages of life. Prahlāda practiced in the womb. Dhruva practiced when he was a child. Ambarīṣa practiced as a youth. It can be practiced even in hell. Mucyeta yan n?mny udite n?rako ’pi: even a person in hell will be liberated by chanting the name of the Lord.

yathā yathā harer nāma kīrtayanti ca nārakāḥ | tathā tathā harau bhaktim udvahanto divaṁ yayuḥ ||

When those in hell chant the name of the Lord they develop bhakti to the Lord and go to the spiritual world. Nṛsiṁha Purāṇa

In this way bhakti has been distinguished as the proper sādhana.

Bhakti in the form of prema is also indicated by reading an extra meaning in the verse. Prema is indicated by the word etāvad (so much). The person desiring to know about the truth should inquire about the best (etāvad) among material enjoyment, liberation and prema, which will be supreme at all times and all places by positive and negative indications. Material enjoyment of Svarga and liberation are not shown as supreme by results in performance and lack of results by non-performance. Prema however is shown to be supreme by the effects of its performance, and the effects of its non-performance. Because prema can also be included in the word bhakti, by sādhana-bhakti one attains sādhya-bhakti, and prema is that sādhya or perfection. Prema is thus considered to be the perfection of bhakti. Bhaktyā sañjātayā bhaktyā bibhraty utpulakāṁ tanum: by prema-bhakti produced from sādhana-bhakti, the devotee develops ecstatic symptoms. (SB 11.3.31) Thus prema-bhakti and sādhana-bhakti, which the Lord had promised to explain in verse 31 by the words rahasyam and tad-aṅgam, have both been explained confidentially in this verse. The Lord’s instruction is thus that one should perform sādhana-bhakti to attain prema, and not to attain Svarga or liberation.

Because Brahmā prayed bhagavac-chik?itam ahaṁ karav?ṇi: may I follow your instructions.(SB 2.9.29), he will attain realization of the sweet rasa of the Lord’s form and qualities through prema-bhakti produced by pure sādhana-bhakti, since prema-bhakti is a form of realization. Thus realizations arising from prema-bhakti and sādhana-bhakti are also described in this verse (as promised by the Lord in verse 31). The Taittirīya Upaniṣad states raso vai saḥ: the Lord is rasa. It also states saiṣānandasya mimāṁsā bhavati: this is the examination of bliss. The highest form of the Lord is rasa incarnate. The root form of rasa is shown to be Kṛṣṇa in the Bhāgavatam:

mallānām aśanir nṛṇāṁ nara-varaḥ strīṇāṁ smaro mūrtimān gopānāṁ sva-jano ’satāṁ kṣiti-bhujāṁ śāstā sva-pitroḥ śiśuḥ mṛtyur bhoja-pater virāḍ aviduṣāṁ tattvaṁ paraṁ yogināṁ vṛṣṇīnāṁ para-devateti vidito raṅgaṁ gataḥ sāgrajaḥ

The various groups of people in the arena regarded Kṛṣṇa in different ways when e entered it with his elder brother. The wrestlers saw Kṛṣṇa as a lightning bolt, the men of Mathurā as the best of males, the women as Cupid in person, the cowherd men as their relative, the impious rulers as a chastiser, his parents as their child, the King of the Bhojas as death, the unintelligent as the Supreme Lord’s universal form, the yogīs as the Absolute Truth and the Vṛṣṇis as their supreme worshipable Deity. SB 10.43.17

Realization of this rasa of Kṛṣṇa is also stated in this verse. Among all things desired to be known, one should desire the highest realization of rasa (etavād), which will be tasted in dāsya, sakhya, vātsalya and śṛṅgāra rasas by direct contact (anvaya) and in separation (vyatirekha) in all places, in all universes in places like Vṛndāvana, in the presence of servants, friends, elders and gopīs, at all times, continually even after the dissolution of the universe. The meaning of the verse indicating the most confidential prema-bhakti-rasa has been covered over by the Lord himself with another meaning indicating ātma-jñāna, just as cintāmaṇi is covered by a golden box so that it is not exposed to materialistic people. Śruti says concerning ātmā:

nāyam ātmā pravacanena labhyo na medhayā na bahunā śrutena | yam evaiṣa vṛṇute tena labhyas tasyaiṣa ātmā vivṛṇute tanūṁ svām ||

Ātma is not attained by speaking, by intelligence or by profuse hearing. He reveals himself to the person whom he chooses. Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.2.23

The meaning indicating knowledge of ātmā is as follows. The person desiring to know the truth about ātmā should seek out ātmā which exists in all places at all times, perceived directly in the universe which is non-different from its cause, the ātmā (anvaya), and in the ātmā different from the universe (vyatireka). Anvaya also refers to the ātmā as the witness in all states of waking, dreaming and deep sleep. Vyatikreka refers to states of waking, dreaming and deep sleep belonging to the ātmā.

Related verses
A real seeker investigates the Absolute Truth in every circumstance, all space and time, both directly and indirectly. Don't stop short; don't restrict the search to one corner of life. Inquire everywhere.
Reflection Questions
  • Which area of my life have I marked 'off-limits' to the search for the Lord?
  • What 'indirect' indication of Him have I been ignoring in daily life?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.37

↗
एतन्मतं समातिष्ठ परमेण समाधिना । भवान् कल्पविकल्पेषु न विमुह्यति कर्हिचित् ॥ ३७ ॥
etan mataṁ samātiṣṭha
[etan matam samaatishtha]
parameṇa samādhinā
[paramena samaadhinaa]
bhavān kalpa-vikalpeṣu
[bhavaan kalpa-vikalpeshu]
na vimuhyati karhicit
[na vimuhyati karhichit]
etat — this matam — the conclusion samātiṣṭha — remain fixed parameṇa — by the supreme samādhinā — concentration of the mind bhavān — yourself kalpa — intermediate devastation vikalpeṣu — in the final devastation na vimuhyati — will never bewilder karhicit — anything like complacence.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
etan mataṁ samātiṣṭha
etat
this
matam
the conclusion
samātiṣṭha
remain fixed
parameṇa samādhinā
parameṇa
by the supreme
samādhinā
concentration of the mind
bhavān kalpa-vikalpeṣu
bhavān
yourself
kalpa
intermediate devastation
vikalpeṣu
in the final devastation
na vimuhyati karhicit
na vimuhyati
will never bewilder
karhicit
anything like complacence.
O Brahmā, just follow this conclusion by fixed concentration of mind, and no pride will disturb you, neither in the partial nor in the final devastation.

As in the Bhagavad-gītā, Tenth Chapter, the Personality of Godhead, Lord Kṛṣṇa, has summarized the whole text in four verses, namely ahaṁ sarvasya prabhavaḥ, etc., so the complete Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam has also been summarized in four verses, as aham evāsam evāgre, etc. Thus the secret purpose of the most important Bhāgavatite conclusion has been explained by the original speaker of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, who was also the original speaker of the Bhagavad-gītā, the Personality of Godhead, Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa. There are many grammarians and nondevotee material wranglers who have tried to present false interpretations of these four verses of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam but the Lord Himself advised Brahmājī not to be deviated from the fixed conclusion the Lord had taught him. The Lord was the teacher of the nucleus of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in four verses, and Brahmā was the receiver of the knowledge. Misinterpretation of the word aham by the word jugglery of the impersonalist should not disturb the mind of the strict followers of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the text of the Personality of Godhead and His unalloyed devotees, who are also known as the bhāgavatas, and any outsider should have no access to this confidential literature of devotional service. But unfortunately the impersonalist, who has no relation to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, sometimes tries to interpret Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam by his poor fund of knowledge in grammar and dry speculation. Therefore, the Lord warns Brahmā (and, through Brahmā, all future devotees of the Lord in the disciplic succession of Brahmā) that one should never be misled by the conclusion of the so-called grammarians or by other men with a poor fund of knowledge, but must always fix the mind properly, via the paramparā system. No one should try to give a new interpretation by dint of mundane knowledge. And the first step, therefore, in pursuance of the system of knowledge received by Brahmā, is to approach a bona fide guru who is the representative of the Lord following the paramparā system. No one should try to squeeze out his own meaning by imperfect mundane knowledge. The guru, or the bona fide spiritual master, is competent to teach the disciple in the right path with reference to the context of all authentic Vedic literature. He does not attempt to juggle words to bewilder the student. The bona fide spiritual master, by his personal activities, teaches the disciple the principles of devotional service. Without personal service, one would go on speculating like the impersonalists and dry speculators life after life and would be unable to reach the final conclusion. By following the instructions of the bona fide spiritual master in conjunction with the principles of revealed scriptures, the student will rise to the plane of complete knowledge, which will be exhibited by development of detachment from the world of sense gratification. The mundane wranglers are surprised that one can detach himself from the world of sense gratification, and thus any attempt to be fixed in God realization appears to them to be mysticism. This detachment from the sensory world is called the brahma-bhūta stage of realization, the preliminary stage of transcendental devotional life ( parā bhaktiḥ ). The brahma-bhūta stage of life is also known as the ātmārāma stage, in which one is fully self-satisfied and does not hanker for the world of sense enjoyment. This stage of full satisfaction is the proper situation for understanding the transcendental knowledge of the Personality of Godhead. The Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.20) affirms this:

evaṁ prasanna-manaso bhagavad-bhakti-yogataḥ bhagavat-tattva-vijñānaṁ mukta-saṅgasya jāyate

Thus in the completely satisfied stage of life, exhibited by full detachment from the world of sense enjoyment as a result of performing devotional service, one can understand the science of God in the liberated stage.

In this stage of full satisfaction and detachment from the sensory world, one can know the mystery of the science of God with all its confidential intricacies, and not by grammar or academic speculation. Because Brahmā qualified himself for such reception, the Lord was pleased to disclose the purpose of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. This direct instruction by the Lord to any devotee who is detached from the world of sense gratification is possible, as stated in the Bhagavad-gītā (10.10) :

teṣāṁ satata-yuktānāṁ bhajatāṁ prīti-pūrvakam dadāmi buddhi-yogaṁ taṁ yena mām upayānti te

Unto the devotees who are constantly engaged in the Lord’s transcendental loving service ( prīti-pūrvakam ), the Lord, out of His causeless mercy upon the devotee, gives direct instructions so that the devotee may make accurate progress on the path returning home, back to Godhead. One should not, therefore, try to understand these four verses of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam by mental speculation. Rather, by direct perception of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one is able to know all about His abode, Vaikuṇṭha, as was seen and experienced by Brahmājī. Such Vaikuṇṭha realization is possible by any devotee of the Lord situated in the transcendental position as a result of devotional service.

In the Gopāla-tāpanī Upaniṣad ( śruti ) it is said, gopa-veśo me puruṣaḥ purastād āvirbabhuva: the Lord appeared before Brahmā as a cowboy, that is, as the original Personality of Godhead, Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, Govinda, who is later described by Brahmājī in his Brahma-saṁhitā (5.29) :

cintāmaṇi-prakara-sadmasu kalpavṛkṣa- lakṣāvṛteṣu surabhīr abhipālayantam lakṣmī-sahasra-śata-sambhrama-sevyamānaṁ govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi

Brahmājī desires to worship the original Personality of Godhead, Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who resides in the topmost Vaikuṇṭha planet, known as Goloka Vṛndāvana, where He is in the habit of keeping surabhi cows as a cowboy and where He is served by hundreds and thousands of goddesses of fortune (the gopīs ) with love and respect.

Therefore Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa is the original form of the Supreme Lord ( kṛṣṇas tu bhagavān svayam ). This is also clear from this instruction. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is Lord Kṛṣṇa, and not directly Nārāyaṇa or the puruṣa-avatāras, which are subsequent manifestations. Therefore Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam means consciousness of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the sound representation of the Lord as much as the Bhagavad-gītā is. Thus the conclusion is that Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the science of the Lord in which the Lord and His abode are perfectly realized.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Follow my instructions in detail, with extreme concentration. You will not be bewildered at any time during your lifetime and its subdivisions.
Commentary

“How is it possible for me to understand the deep meaning of these four verses summarizing the Bhāgavatam? There are many opinions among those who argue.” “Undertake my directions completely (samātiṣṭha).” This means “Contemplate this with concentration.” In the mahā-kalpa lasting your lifetime (kalpa) and its subdivisions (vikalpeṣu) you will not be bewildered at any time.

Here ends the commentary on the four verses. This Sārarthadarśinī commentary written for the benefit of all humanity should be seen by persons studying devotional literature and not others.

Hold this conclusion by fixed concentration and no pride will disturb you, even in partial or total devastation. Both Bhāgavatam and Gītā summarize themselves in four verses each. Stay anchored to the core.
Reflection Questions
  • What is my four-verse core that I should be re-anchoring in daily?
  • When devastation comes, what concentrated truth keeps pride from taking the place of devotion?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.38

↗
श्रीशुक उवाच सम्प्रदिश्यैवमजनो जनानां परमेष्ठिनम् । पश्यतस्तस्य तद् रूपमात्मनो न्यरुणद्धरि: ॥ ३८ ॥
śrī-śuka uvāca
[shree-shuka uvaacha]
sampradiśyaivam ajano
[sampradishyaivam ajano]
janānāṁ parameṣṭhinam
[janaanaam parameshthinam]
paśyatas tasya tad rūpam
[pashyatas tasya tad roopam]
ātmano nyaruṇad dhariḥ
[aatmano nyarunad dharih]
śrī-śukaḥ uvāca — Śrī Śukadeva Gosvāmī said sampradiśya — fully instructing Brahmājī evam — thus ajanaḥ — the Supreme Lord janānām — of the living entities parameṣṭhinam — unto the supreme leader, Brahmā paśyataḥ — while he was seeing tasya — His tat rūpam — that transcendental form ātmanaḥ — of the Absolute nyaruṇat — disappeared hariḥ — the Lord, the Personality of Godhead.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
śrī-śuka uvāca
śrī-śukaḥ uvāca
Śrī Śukadeva Gosvāmī said
sampradiśyaivam ajano
sampradiśya
fully instructing Brahmājī
evam
thus
ajanaḥ
the Supreme Lord
janānāṁ parameṣṭhinam
janānām
of the living entities
parameṣṭhinam
unto the supreme leader, Brahmā
paśyatas tasya tad rūpam
paśyataḥ
while he was seeing
tasya
His
tat rūpam
that transcendental form
ātmano nyaruṇad dhariḥ
ātmanaḥ
of the Absolute
nyaruṇat
disappeared
hariḥ
the Lord, the Personality of Godhead.
Śukadeva Gosvāmī said to Mahārāja Parīkṣit: The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, after being seen in His transcendental form, instructing Brahmājī, the leader of the living entities, disappeared.

In this verse it is clearly mentioned that the Lord is ajanaḥ, or the Supreme Person, and that He was showing His transcendental form ( ātmano rūpam ) to Brahmājī while instructing him in the summarization of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in four verses. He is ajanaḥ, or the Supreme Person, amongst janānām, or all persons. All living entities are individual persons, and amongst all such persons Lord Hari is supreme, as confirmed in the śruti-mantra, nityo nityānāṁ cetanaś cetanānām. So there is no place for impersonal features in the transcendental world as there are impersonal features in the material world. Whenever there is cetana, or knowledge, the personal feature comes in. In the spiritual world everything is full of knowledge, and therefore everything in the transcendental world, the land, the water, the tree, the mountain, the river, the man, the animal, the bird — everything — is of the same quality, namely cetana, and therefore everything there is individual and personal. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam gives us this information as the supreme Vedic literature, and it was personally instructed by the Supreme Personality of Godhead to Brahmājī so that the leader of the living entities might broadcast the message to all in the universe in order to teach the supreme knowledge of bhakti-yoga. Brahmājī in his turn instructed Nārada, his beloved son, the same message of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, and Nārada, in his turn, taught the same to Vyāsadeva, who again taught it to Śukadeva Gosvāmī. Through Śukadeva Gosvāmī’s grace and by the mercy of Mahārāja Parīkṣit we are all given Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam perpetually to learn the science of the Absolute Personality of Godhead, Lord Kṛṣṇa.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Śuka said: The Lord who is beyond the material world, having instructed Brahmā, the creator of the progeny, then made his form disappear while Brahmā watched.
Commentary

Parameṣṭhinam refers to the creator, Brahmā. Ātmano rūpam means the form of the Lord and Vaikuṇṭha as well. Nyaruṇad means “made (his form) disappear.”

After instructing Brahmā in the seed Bhāgavatam, the Lord disappeared. He is the Supreme Person among all persons — never impersonal in the spiritual world. Personhood is the deeper reality, not less than impersonal.
Reflection Questions
  • What in me secretly prefers an impersonal God because Persons make demands?
  • How does meeting Him as Supreme Person change my relating to all other persons?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.39

↗
अन्तर्हितेन्द्रियार्थाय हरये विहिताञ्जलि: । सर्वभूतमयो विश्वं ससर्जेदं स पूर्ववत् ॥ ३९ ॥
antarhitendriyārthāya
[antarhitendriyaarthaaya]
haraye vihitāñjaliḥ
[haraye vihitaanjalih]
sarva-bhūtamayo viśvaṁ
[sarva-bhootamayo vishvam]
sasarjedaṁ sa pūrvavat
[sasarjedam sa poorvavat]
antarhita — on the disappearance indriya-arthāya — unto the Personality of Godhead, the objective of all senses haraye — unto the Lord vihita-añjaliḥ — in folded hands sarva-bhūta — all living entities mayaḥ — full of viśvam — the universe sasarja — created idam — this saḥ — he (Brahmājī) pūrva-vat — exactly like before.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
antarhitendriyārthāya
antarhita
on the disappearance
indriya-arthāya
unto the Personality of Godhead, the objective of all senses
haraye
unto the Lord
haraye vihitāñjaliḥ
vihita-añjaliḥ
in folded hands
sarva-bhūtamayo viśvaṁ
sarva-bhūta
all living entities
mayaḥ
full of
viśvam
the universe
sasarjedaṁ sa pūrvavat
sasarja
created
idam
this
saḥ
he (Brahmājī)
pūrva-vat
exactly like before.
On the disappearance of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, who is the object of transcendental enjoyment for the senses of devotees, Brahmā, with folded hands, began to re-create the universe, full with living entities, as it was previously.

The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, is the object for fulfilling the senses of all living entities. Illusioned by the glaring reflection of the external energy, the living entities worship the senses instead of engaging them properly in fulfilling the desires of the Supreme.

In the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya (13.2) there is the following verse:

akṣṇoḥ phalaṁ tvādṛśa-darśanaṁ hi tanoḥ phalaṁ tvādṛśa-gātra-saṅgaḥ jihvā-phalaṁ tvādṛśa-kīrtanaṁ hi sudurlabhā bhāgavatā hi loke

“O devotee of the Lord, the purpose of the visual sense is fulfilled simply by seeing you, and to touch your body is the fulfillment of bodily touch. The tongue is meant for glorifying your qualities because in this world a pure devotee of the Lord is very difficult to find.”

Originally the senses of the living entity were awarded for this purpose, namely to engage them in the transcendental loving service of the Lord or that of His devotees, but the conditioned souls, illusioned by the material energy, became captivated by sense enjoyment. Therefore the whole process of God consciousness is meant to rectify the conditional activities of the senses and to reengage them in the direct service of the Lord. Lord Brahmā thus engaged his senses in the Lord by re-creating the conditioned living entities to act in the re-created universe. This material universe is thus created and annihilated by the will of the Lord. It is created to give the conditioned soul a chance to act to return home, back to Godhead, and servants like Brahmājī, Nāradajī, Vyāsajī and their company become busy with the same purpose of the Lord: to reclaim the conditioned souls from the field of sense gratification and return them to the normal stage of engaging the senses in service of the Lord. Instead of doing so, i.e., converting the actions of the senses, the impersonalists began to make the conditioned souls sense-less, and the Lord also sense-less. That is improper treatment for the conditioned souls. The diseased condition of the senses may be treated by curing the defect, but not uprooting the senses altogether. When there is some disease in the eyes, the eyes may be cured to see properly. Plucking out the eyes is no treatment. Similarly, the whole material disease is based on the process of sense gratification, and liberation from the diseased condition is reengagement of the senses to see the beauty of the Lord, hear His glories, and act on His account. Thus Brahmājī created the universal activities again.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Brahmā folded his hands in respect to the Lord whose qualities are the object of the devotees’ senses, and who had disappeared. Brahmā, the total of all living beings, then created this universe as he had done in the previous kalpa.
Commentary

Indriyārthāya means “unto him whose qualities such as beauty are the object of the senses.” Pūrvavat means as in the previous kalpa or day of Brahmā. By this it is understood that Brahmā’s bewilderment on seeing his daughter took place in the previous kalpa, [Note: Since the teaching of the four verses took place on the first day of Brahmā’s life, according to SB 2.8.28, the bewilderment would have to be in another Brahmā’s life.] not after hearing the instructions of the four verses of Bhāgavatam, for the Lord has just said that in this kalpa Brahmā would not be bewildered. The bewilderment of Brahmā when Kṛṣṇa appeared on earth during this kalpa must be understood to be a pastime produced by the mercy of the Lord.

Related verses
After the Lord's disappearance, Brahmā re-creates the world with folded hands. Service continues even after the vision ends. The fruit of seeing is not idleness but devoted work in His absence.
Reflection Questions
  • What service am I continuing in the seasons when His felt presence has withdrawn?
  • How does the fact of withdrawal teach me to keep folded hands, not just receive blessings?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.40

↗
प्रजापतिर्धर्मपतिरेकदा नियमान् यमान् । भद्रं प्रजानामन्विच्छन्नातिष्ठत् स्वार्थकाम्यया ॥ ४० ॥
prajāpatir dharma-patir
[prajaapatir dharma-patir]
ekadā niyamān yamān
[ekadaa niyamaan yamaan]
bhadraṁ prajānām anvicchann
[bhadram prajaanaam anvichchann]
ātiṣṭhat svārtha-kāmyayā
[aatishthat svaartha-kaamyayaa]
prajā-patiḥ — the forefather of all living entities dharma-patiḥ — the father of religious life ekadā — once upon a time niyamān — rules and regulations yamān — principles of control bhadram — welfare prajānām — of the living beings anvicchan — desiring ātiṣṭhat — situated sva-artha — own interest kāmyayā — so desiring.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
prajāpatir dharma-patir
prajā-patiḥ
the forefather of all living entities
dharma-patiḥ
the father of religious life
ekadā niyamān yamān
ekadā
once upon a time
niyamān
rules and regulations
yamān
principles of control
bhadraṁ prajānām anvicchann
bhadram
welfare
prajānām
of the living beings
anvicchan
desiring
ātiṣṭhat svārtha-kāmyayā
ātiṣṭhat
situated
sva-artha
own interest
kāmyayā
so desiring.
Thus once upon a time the forefather of living entities and the father of religiousness, Lord Brahmā, situated himself in acts of regulative principles, desiring self-interest for the welfare of all living entities.

One cannot be situated in an exalted position without having undertaken a regulative life of rules and regulations. An unrestricted life of sense gratification is animal life, and Lord Brahmā, in order to teach all concerned within the jurisdiction of his generations, taught the same principles of sense control for executing higher duties. He desired the welfare of all as servants of God, and anyone desiring the welfare of the members of his family and generations must conduct a moral, religious life. The highest life of moral principles is to become a devotee of the Lord because a pure devotee of the Lord has all the good qualities of the Lord. On the other hand, one who is not a devotee of the Lord, however qualified he may be in the mundane sense of the term, cannot be qualified with any good quality worthy of the name. The pure devotees of the Lord, like Brahmā and persons in the chain of disciplic succession, do not do anything to instruct their subordinates without acting accordingly themselves.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Once, Brahmā, lord of dharma, desiring the benefit of the progeny, followed rules and regulations to fulfill his desire.
Commentary

After this, the conversation between Nārada and Brahmā which was previously described in SB 2.5 took place. Five verses describe this conditions under which this conversation took place. Desiring benefit for the progeny he followed rules and regulations, teaching others by his conduct, with his own purpose in mind -- “Let them also follow these rules.”

Brahmā chose regulated life — rules and restrictions — to teach his generations the way of welfare. Unrestricted sense gratification is animal life. Discipline isn't repression; it is the platform for higher work.
Reflection Questions
  • Where do I confuse self-restraint with self-repression?
  • What single discipline would lift me from 'animal life' onto a higher platform?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.41

↗
तं नारद: प्रियतमो रिक्थादानामनुव्रत: । शुश्रूषमाण: शीलेन प्रश्रयेण दमेन च ॥ ४१ ॥
taṁ nāradaḥ priyatamo
[tam naaradah priyatamo]
rikthādānām anuvrataḥ
[rikthaadaanaam anuvratah]
śuśrūṣamāṇaḥ śīlena
[shushrooshamaanah sheelena]
praśrayeṇa damena ca
[prashrayena damena cha]
tam — unto him nāradaḥ — the great sage Nārada priyatamaḥ — very dear riktha-ādānām — of the inheritor sons anuvrataḥ — very obedient śuśrūṣamāṇaḥ — always ready to serve śīlena — by good behavior praśrayeṇa — by meekness damena — by sense control ca — also.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
taṁ nāradaḥ priyatamo
tam
unto him
nāradaḥ
the great sage Nārada
priyatamaḥ
very dear
rikthādānām anuvrataḥ
riktha-ādānām
of the inheritor sons
anuvrataḥ
very obedient
śuśrūṣamāṇaḥ śīlena
śuśrūṣamāṇaḥ
always ready to serve
śīlena
by good behavior
praśrayeṇa damena ca
praśrayeṇa
by meekness
damena
by sense control
ca
also.
Nārada, the most dear of the inheritor sons of Brahmā, always ready to serve his father, strictly follows the instructions of his father by his mannerly behavior, meekness and sense control.
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Nārada, the dearest to Brahmā among all his sons, was devoted to his father, and obedient. O King! This great devotee, this great sage, desiring to understand the māyā of Viṣṇu, the master of māyā, satisfied his father by his proper conduct, respect and sense control.
Commentary

Riktha means inheritance. Rikthādāna means a son, who inherits the wealth of the father. Nārada was the dearest son of Brahmā. Among the wealth of karma-yoga, jñāna-yoga and bhakti-yoga belonging to Brahmā, Dakṣa and others obtained karma-yoga. The Kumāras obtained jñāna-yoga. Nārada obtained bhakti-yoga, because of his outstanding qualities. Anuvrataḥ means that he was devoted to his father.

Māyām refers to the material energy, or to the mercy of the Lord. Nārada desired to understand the variegated nature of māyā. Viṣṇu is the master of material māyā. Or māyeśasya can mean “of he who controls everything by mercy (māyā).”

Nārada, ever ready to serve his father, follows Brahmā's instructions with mannerly behavior, meekness, and sense control. The disciple's qualifications are simple but rare: courtesy, humility, restraint.
Reflection Questions
  • Which of these — courtesy, humility, restraint — am I weakest in as a student?
  • Whose instructions could I follow more humbly than I am currently following them?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.42

↗
मायां विविदिषन् विष्णोर्मायेशस्य महामुनि: । महाभागवतो राजन् पितरं पर्यतोषयत् ॥ ४२ ॥
māyāṁ vividiṣan viṣṇor
[maayaam vividishan vishnor]
māyeśasya mahā-muniḥ
[maayeshasya mahaa-munih]
mahā-bhāgavato rājan
[mahaa-bhaagavato raajan]
pitaraṁ paryatoṣayat
[pitaram paryatoshayat]
māyām — energies vividiṣan — desiring to know viṣṇoḥ — of the Personality of Godhead māyā-īśasya — of the master of all energies mahā-muniḥ — the great sage mahā-bhāgavataḥ — the first-class devotee of the Lord rājan — O King pitaram — unto his father paryatoṣayat — very much pleased.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
māyāṁ vividiṣan viṣṇor
māyām
energies
vividiṣan
desiring to know
viṣṇoḥ
of the Personality of Godhead
māyeśasya mahā-muniḥ
māyā-īśasya
of the master of all energies
mahā-muniḥ
the great sage
mahā-bhāgavato rājan
mahā-bhāgavataḥ
the first-class devotee of the Lord
rājan
O King
pitaraṁ paryatoṣayat
pitaram
unto his father
paryatoṣayat
very much pleased.
Nārada very much pleased his father and desired to know all about the energies of Viṣṇu, the master of all energies, for Nārada was the greatest of all sages and greatest of all devotees, O King.

Lord Brahmā, being the creator of all living beings in the universe, is originally the father of several well-known sons, like Dakṣa, the catuḥ-sanas, and Nārada. In three departments of human knowledge disseminated by the Vedas, namely fruitive work ( karma-kāṇḍa ), transcendental knowledge ( jñāna-kāṇḍa ) and devotional service ( upāsanā-kāṇḍa ), Devarṣi Nārada inherited from his father Brahmā devotional service, whereas Dakṣa inherited from his father fruitive work, and Sanaka, Sanātana, etc., inherited from their father information about jñāna-kāṇḍa, or transcendental knowledge. But out of them all, Nārada is described here as the most beloved son of Brahmā because of good behavior, obedience, meekness and readiness to render service unto the father. And Nārada is famous as the greatest of all sages because of his being the greatest of all devotees. Nārada is the spiritual master of many famous devotees of the Lord. He is the spiritual master of Prahlāda, Dhruva and Vyāsa, down to the forest animal hunter Kirāta. His only business is to turn everyone to the transcendental loving service of the Lord. Therefore all these features of Nārada make him the dearmost son of his father, and all this is due to Nārada’s being a first-class devotee of the Lord. The devotees are always anxious to know more and more about the Supreme Lord, the master of all energies. As confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā (10.9) :

mac-cittā mad-gata-prāṇā bodhayantaḥ parasparam kathayantaś ca māṁ nityaṁ tuṣyanti ca ramanti ca

The Supreme Lord is unlimited, and His energies are also unlimited. No one can know them completely. Brahmājī, being the greatest living entity within this universe and being directly instructed by the Lord, must know more than anyone within this universe, although such knowledge may not be complete. Thus it is the duty of everyone to ask about the unlimited Lord from the spiritual master in the disciplic succession of Brahmā, which descends from Nārada to Vyāsa, from Vyāsa to Śukadeva and so on.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Nārada, the dearest to Brahmā among all his sons, was devoted to his father, and obedient. O King! This great devotee, this great sage, desiring to understand the māyā of Viṣṇu, the master of māyā, satisfied his father by his proper conduct, respect and sense control.
Commentary

Riktha means inheritance. Rikthādāna means a son, who inherits the wealth of the father. Nārada was the dearest son of Brahmā. Among the wealth of karma-yoga, jñāna-yoga and bhakti-yoga belonging to Brahmā, Dakṣa and others obtained karma-yoga. The Kumāras obtained jñāna-yoga. Nārada obtained bhakti-yoga, because of his outstanding qualities. Anuvrataḥ means that he was devoted to his father.

Māyām refers to the material energy, or to the mercy of the Lord. Nārada desired to understand the variegated nature of māyā. Viṣṇu is the master of material māyā. Or māyeśasya can mean “of he who controls everything by mercy (māyā).”

Among Brahmā's many sons, Nārada inherited devotional service — the highest branch of Vedic knowledge — while others inherited fruitive work or speculative knowledge. What you receive depends on what you ask for and serve.
Reflection Questions
  • Which inheritance am I actually asking for: karma, jñāna, or bhakti?
  • What in my behavior toward teachers is shaping which legacy I receive?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.43

↗
तुष्टं निशाम्य पितरं लोकानां प्रपितामहम् । देवर्षि: परिपप्रच्छ भवान् यन्मानुपृच्छति ॥ ४३ ॥
tuṣṭaṁ niśāmya pitaraṁ
[tushtam nishaamya pitaram]
lokānāṁ prapitāmaham
[lokaanaam prapitaamaham]
devarṣiḥ paripapraccha
[devarshih paripaprachcha]
bhavān yan mānupṛcchati
[bhavaan yan maanuprichchati]
tuṣṭam — satisfied niśāmya — after seeing pitaram — the father lokānām — of the whole universe prapitāmaham — the great-grandfather devarṣiḥ — the great sage Nārada paripapraccha — inquired bhavān — yourself yat — as it is mā — from me anupṛcchati — inquiring.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tuṣṭaṁ niśāmya pitaraṁ
tuṣṭam
satisfied
niśāmya
after seeing
pitaram
the father
lokānāṁ prapitāmaham
lokānām
of the whole universe
prapitāmaham
the great-grandfather
devarṣiḥ paripapraccha
devarṣiḥ
the great sage Nārada
paripapraccha
inquired
bhavān yan mānupṛcchati
bhavān
yourself
yat
as it is
mā
from me
anupṛcchati
inquiring.
The great sage Nārada also inquired in detail from his father, Brahmā, the great-grandfather of all the universe, after seeing him well satisfied.

The process of understanding spiritual or transcendental knowledge from the realized person is not exactly like asking an ordinary question from the schoolmaster. The schoolmasters in the modern days are paid agents for giving some information, but the spiritual master is not a paid agent. Nor can he impart instruction without being authorized. In the Bhagavad-gītā (4.34) the process of understanding transcendental knowledge is directed as follows:

tad viddhi praṇipātena paripraśnena sevayā upadekṣyanti te jñānaṁ jñāninas tattva-darśinaḥ

Arjuna was advised to receive transcendental knowledge from the realized person by surrender, questions and service. Receiving transcendental knowledge is not like exchanging dollars; such knowledge has to be received by service to the spiritual master. As Brahmājī received the knowledge directly from the Lord by satisfying Him fully, similarly one has to receive the transcendental knowledge from the spiritual master by satisfying him. The spiritual master’s satisfaction is the means of assimilating transcendental knowledge. One cannot understand transcendental knowledge simply by becoming a grammarian. The Vedas declare:

yasya deve parā bhaktir yathā deve tathā gurau tasyaite kathitā hy arthāḥ prakāśante mahātmanaḥ

“Only unto one who has unflinching devotion to the Lord and to the spiritual master does transcendental knowledge become automatically revealed.” ( Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.23) Such relationship between the disciple and the spiritual master is eternal. One who is now the disciple is the next spiritual master. And one cannot be a bona fide and authorized spiritual master unless one has been strictly obedient to his spiritual master. Brahmājī, as a disciple of the Supreme Lord, received the real knowledge and imparted it to his dear disciple Nārada, and similarly Nārada, as spiritual master, handed over this knowledge to Vyāsa and so on. Therefore the so-called formal spiritual master and disciple are not facsimiles of Brahmā and Nārada or Nārada and Vyāsa. The relationship between Brahmā and Nārada is reality, while the so-called formality is the relation between the cheater and cheated. It is clearly mentioned herewith that Nārada is not only well-behaved, meek and obedient, but also self-controlled. One who is not self-controlled, specifically in sex life, can become neither a disciple nor a spiritual master. One must have disciplinary training in controlling speaking, anger, the tongue, the mind, the belly and the genitals. One who has controlled the particular senses mentioned above is called a gosvāmī. Without becoming a gosvāmī one can become neither a disciple nor a spiritual master. The so-called spiritual master without sense control is certainly the cheater, and the disciple of such a so-called spiritual master is the cheated.

One should not think of Brahmājī as a dead great-grandfather, as we have experience on this planet. He is the oldest great-grandfather, and he is still living, and Nārada is also living. The age of the inhabitants of the Brahmaloka planet is mentioned in the Bhagavad-gītā. The inhabitants of this small planet earth can hardly calculate even the duration of one day of Brahmā.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Seeing that his father, the great-grandfather of the worlds, was satisfied, Nārada asked him what you have asked me.
Commentary

Niśāmya means “seeing.” Mā means mām.

Spiritual learning is not like paying a schoolmaster for information. The proper process is surrender, questioning, and service — paripraśnena sevayā. Spiritual knowledge isn't sold; it is offered to the surrendered inquirer.
Reflection Questions
  • Have I treated my spiritual teachers as paid agents?
  • Where am I missing 'service' as the third leg of the inquiry process?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.44

↗
तस्मा इदं भागवतं पुराणं दशलक्षणम् । प्रोक्तं भगवता प्राह प्रीत: पुत्राय भूतकृत् ॥ ४४ ॥
tasmā idaṁ bhāgavataṁ
[tasmaa idam bhaagavatam]
purāṇaṁ daśa-lakṣaṇam
[puraanam dasha-lakshanam]
proktaṁ bhagavatā prāha
[proktam bhagavataa praaha]
prītaḥ putrāya bhūta-kṛt
[preetah putraaya bhoota-krit]
tasmai — thereupon idam — this bhāgavatam — the glories of the Lord or the science of the Lord purāṇam — Vedic supplement daśa-lakṣaṇam — ten characteristics proktam — described bhagavatā — by the Personality of Godhead prāha — said prītaḥ — in satisfaction putrāya — unto the son bhūta-kṛt — the creator of the universe.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
tasmā idaṁ bhāgavataṁ
tasmai
thereupon
idam
this
bhāgavatam
the glories of the Lord or the science of the Lord
purāṇaṁ daśa-lakṣaṇam
purāṇam
Vedic supplement
daśa-lakṣaṇam
ten characteristics
proktaṁ bhagavatā prāha
proktam
described
bhagavatā
by the Personality of Godhead
prāha
said
prītaḥ putrāya bhūta-kṛt
prītaḥ
in satisfaction
putrāya
unto the son
bhūta-kṛt
the creator of the universe.
Thereupon the supplementary Vedic literature, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, which was described by the Personality of Godhead and which contains ten characteristics, was told with satisfaction by the father [Brahmā] to his son Nārada.

Although the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam was spoken in four verses, it had ten characteristics, which will be explained in the next chapter. In the four verses it is first said that the Lord existed before the creation, and thus the beginning of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam includes the Vedānta aphorism janmādy asya. Janmādy asya is the beginning, yet the four verses in which it is said that the Lord is the root of everything that be, beginning from the creation up to the supreme abode of the Lord, naturally explain the ten characteristics. One should not misunderstand by wrong interpretations that the Lord spoke only four verses and that therefore all the rest of the 17,994 verses are useless. The ten characteristics, as will be explained in the next chapter, require so many verses just to explain them properly. Brahmājī had also advised Nārada previously that he should expand the idea he had heard from Brahmājī. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu instructed this to Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī in a nutshell, but the disciple Rūpa Gosvāmī expanded this very elaborately, and the same subject was further expanded by Jīva Gosvāmī and even further by Śrī Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura. We are just trying to follow in the footsteps of all these authorities. So Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is not like ordinary fiction or mundane literature. It is unlimited in strength, and however one may expand it according to one’s own ability, Bhāgavatam still cannot be finished by such expansion. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, being the sound representation of the Lord, is simultaneously explained in four verses and in four billion verses all the same, inasmuch as the Lord is smaller than the atom and bigger than the unlimited sky. Such is the potency of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
Brahmā, affectionate to Nārada, then spoke to his son the Bhāgavata Purāṇa which was endowed with ten characteristics and which was spoken by the Lord in four verses.
Commentary

Brahmā then spoke the scripture with ten characteristics in detail, which the Lord had spoken in summary in four verses. Some say however that the Lord himself spoke the complete twelve volumes (the entire scripture) endowed with ten characteristics, after speaking the four verses as a summary.

Brahmā passed the seed Bhāgavatam — with its ten characteristics — to Nārada, satisfied. The original four verses contain everything; the rest is faithful expansion. The seed contains the whole tree.
Reflection Questions
  • What 'seed' teaching am I trusted with, and am I expanding it faithfully?
  • Where am I dismissing the rest of the tree because I imagine the seed is enough on its own?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.45

↗
नारद: प्राह मुनये सरस्वत्यास्तटे नृप । ध्यायते ब्रह्म परमं व्यासायामिततेजसे ॥ ४५ ॥
nāradaḥ prāha munaye
[naaradah praaha munaye]
sarasvatyās taṭe nṛpa
[sarasvatyaas tate nripa]
dhyāyate brahma paramaṁ
[dhyaayate brahma paramam]
vyāsāyāmita-tejase
[vyaasaayaamita-tejase]
nāradaḥ — the great sage Nārada prāha — instructed munaye — unto the great sage sarasvatyāḥ — of the river Sarasvatī taṭe — on the bank nṛpa — O King dhyāyate — unto the meditative brahma — Absolute Truth paramam — the Supreme vyāsāya — unto Śrīla Vyāsadeva amita — unlimited tejase — unto the powerful.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
nāradaḥ prāha munaye
nāradaḥ
the great sage Nārada
prāha
instructed
munaye
unto the great sage
sarasvatyās taṭe nṛpa
sarasvatyāḥ
of the river Sarasvatī
taṭe
on the bank
nṛpa
O King
dhyāyate brahma paramaṁ
dhyāyate
unto the meditative
brahma
Absolute Truth
paramam
the Supreme
vyāsāyāmita-tejase
vyāsāya
unto Śrīla Vyāsadeva
amita
unlimited
tejase
unto the powerful.
In succession, O King, the great sage Nārada instructed Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam unto the unlimitedly powerful Vyāsadeva, who meditated in devotional service upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Absolute Truth, on the bank of the river Sarasvatī.

In the Fifth Chapter of the First Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Nārada instructed the great sage Vyāsadeva as follows:

atho mahā-bhāga bhavān amogha-dṛk śuci-śravāḥ satya-rato dhṛta-vrataḥ urukramasyākhila-bandha-muktaye samādhinānusmara tad viceṣṭitam

“O greatly fortunate, pious philosopher, your name and fame are universal, and you are fixed in the Absolute Truth with spotless character and infallible vision. I ask you to meditate upon the activities of the Personality of Godhead, whose activities are unparalleled.”

So in the disciplic succession of the Brahma sampradāya, the practice of yoga meditation is not neglected. But because the devotees are bhakti-yogīs, they do not undertake the trouble to meditate upon the impersonal Brahman; as indicated here, they meditate on brahma paramam, or the Supreme Brahman. Brahman realization begins from the impersonal effulgence, but by further progress of such meditation, manifestation of the Supreme Soul, Paramātmā realization, takes place. And progressing further, realization of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is fixed. Śrī Nārada Muni, as the spiritual master of Vyāsadeva, knew very well the position of Vyāsadeva, and thus he certified the qualities of Śrīla Vyāsadeva as fixed in the Absolute Truth with great vow, etc. Nārada advised meditation upon the transcendental activities of the Lord. Impersonal Brahman has no activities, but the Personality of Godhead has many activities, and all such activities are transcendental, without any tinge of material quality. If the activities of the Supreme Brahman were material activities, then Nārada would not have advised Vyāsadeva to meditate upon them. And the paraṁ brahma is Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, as confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā. In the Tenth Chapter of the Bhagavad-gītā, when Arjuna realized the factual position of Lord Kṛṣṇa, he addressed Lord Kṛṣṇa in the following words:

paraṁ brahma paraṁ dhāma pavitraṁ paramaṁ bhavān puruṣaṁ śāśvataṁ divyam ādi-devam ajaṁ vibhum

āhus tvām ṛṣayaḥ sarve devarṣir nāradas tathā asito devalo vyāsaḥ svayaṁ caiva bravīṣi me

Arjuna summarized the purpose of the Bhagavad-gītā by his realization of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa and thus said, “My dear Personality of Godhead, You are the Supreme Absolute Truth, the Original Person in the eternal form of bliss and knowledge, and this is confirmed by Nārada, Asita, Devala and Vyāsadeva, and, above all, Your personal self has also confirmed it.” ( Bg. 10.12-13 )

When Vyāsadeva fixed his mind in meditation, he did it in bhakti-yoga trance and actually saw the Supreme Person with māyā, the illusory energy, in contraposition. As we have discussed before, the Lord’s māyā, or illusion, is also a representation because māyā has no existence without the Lord. Darkness is not independent of light. Without light, no one can experience the contraposition of darkness. However, this māyā, or illusion, cannot overcome the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but stands apart from Him ( apāśrayam ).

Therefore, perfection of meditation is realization of the Personality of Godhead along with His transcendental activities. Meditation on the impersonal Brahman is a troublesome business for the meditator, as confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā (12.5) : kleśo ’dhikataras teṣām avyaktāsakta-cetasām.

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
O King! Nārada spoke this to the sage Vyāsa of unlimited powers, who was meditating on the supreme brahman on the bank of the Sarasvatī River.
Commentary

Nārāyaṇa spoke to Brahmā. Brahmā spoke to Nārada. Nārada spoke to Vyāsa. Vyāsa spoke to me, Śukadeva. I am speaking to you. In this way the topics of the Lord were passed on perfectly through six great persons.

Related verses
Nārada in turn instructed Vyāsa, who meditated in devotional service on the Lord by the Sarasvatī. Even great bhakti-yogīs include meditation. The chain of receiving and passing on is what keeps the knowledge alive.
Reflection Questions
  • Whom am I learning from, and to whom am I passing it on?
  • Have I let the meditation aspect of bhakti shrink in my life?
📝 My note

Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 2.9.46

↗
यदुताहं त्वया पृष्टो वैराजात् पुरुषादिदम् । यथासीत्तदुपाख्यास्ते प्रश्नानन्यांश्च कृत्‍स्‍नश: ॥ ४६ ॥
yad utāhaṁ tvayā pṛṣṭo
[yad utaaham tvayaa prishto]
vairājāt puruṣād idam
[vairaajaat purushaad idam]
yathāsīt tad upākhyāste
[yathaaseet tad upaakhyaaste]
praśnān anyāṁś ca kṛtsnaśaḥ
[prashnaan anyaamsh cha kritsnashah]
yat — what uta — is, however aham — I tvayā — by you pṛṣṭaḥ — I am asked vairājāt — from the universal form puruṣāt — from the Personality of Godhead idam — this world yathā — as it āsīt — was tat — that upākhyāste — I shall explain praśnān — all the questions anyān — others ca — as well as kṛtsnaśaḥ — in great detail.
Blended reading (Sanskrit + English inline)
yad utāhaṁ tvayā pṛṣṭo
yat
what
uta
is, however
aham
I
tvayā
by you
pṛṣṭaḥ
I am asked
vairājāt puruṣād idam
vairājāt
from the universal form
puruṣāt
from the Personality of Godhead
idam
this world
yathāsīt tad upākhyāste
yathā
as it
āsīt
was
tat
that
upākhyāste
I shall explain
praśnān anyāṁś ca kṛtsnaśaḥ
praśnān
all the questions
anyān
others
ca
as well as
kṛtsnaśaḥ
in great detail.
O King, your questions as to how the universe became manifested from the gigantic form of the Personality of Godhead, as well as other questions, I shall answer in detail by explanation of the four verses already mentioned.

As stated in the beginning of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, this great transcendental literature is the ripened fruit of the tree of Vedic knowledge, and therefore all questions that can be humanly possible regarding the universal affairs, beginning from its creation, are all answered in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. The answers depend only on the qualification of the person who explains them. The ten divisions of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, as explained by the great speaker Śrīla Śukadeva Gosvāmī, are the limitation of all questions, and intelligent persons will derive all intellectual benefits from them by proper utilization.

Thus end the Bhaktivedanta purports of the Second Canto, Ninth Chapter, of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, entitled “Answers by Citing the Lord’s Version.”

— A.C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupāda
Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura Gauḍīya
Translation
I will explain what you asked me concerning how this universe arose from the universal form and will answer all the other questions as well.
Commentary

I will give the answers to your questions by the explanations given in the Bhāgavatam. You asked me about the universal form:

puruṣāvayavair lokāḥ sapālāḥ pūrva-kalpitāḥ lokair amuṣyāvayavāḥ sa-pālair iti śuśruma

The planets and their protectors were previously identified with limbs of the puruṣa and the limbs of the puruṣa were identified with the planets. This I have heard. If there are more details please explain them. SB 2.8.11

Yathā means yathāvat (how).

Ten Characteristics of a Purāṇa and Third Description of Universal Form

Related verses
Śukadeva tells Parīkṣit he will answer all his questions by explaining the four seed verses. The whole Bhāgavatam is the ripened fruit of Vedic knowledge — every honest question about the cosmos is answered here.
Reflection Questions
  • Have I treated the Bhāgavatam as a religious book rather than the answer to my real questions?
  • What question of mine could I bring honestly to its pages this week?
📝 My note